Field Sampling and Analysis
Technologies Matrix
And Reference Guide
Reference Guide
                                   EPA/542/B-98/002
                                       March 1998
                                       www.frtr.gov
                                     First Edition
                Federal Remediation
                   Technologies
                    Roundtable

                  Prepared by the
      Naval Facilities Engineering Command and the
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

-------

-------
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix and
                 Reference Guide
                 FIRST EDITION
                    March 1998
                  Prepared by the

    Naval Facilities Engineering Command and the
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

-------
NOTICE
This document was prepared for the Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC) and the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).  Neither NAVFAC nor any other Federal agency thereof,
nor any employees, makes any warranty, express or implied, or assumes any legal liability or
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product, or
process disclosed, or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights.  Reference
herein to any specific commercial product, process, or service by trade name, trademark, manufacturer,
or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement, recommendation, or favoring by
the U.S. Government or any agency thereof.  The views and opinions of the  authors expressed herein
do not necessarily state or reflect those of the U.S. Government or any agency thereof.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
 FOREWARD
 The Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix and Reference Guide are intended to be
 an initial reference source that will help users to understand innovative and conventional site
 characterization technologies and techniques. The Naval Facilities Engineering Command
 (NAVFAC), through its Engineering Field Divisions and Activities, the Naval Facilities
 Engineering Service Center, Specialty Offices, and Public Works Centers, provides high quality
 scientific and environmental engineering services to assist in the management of environmental
 initiatives. This document is intended to enhance technology transfer and provide much needed
 comparison between competing technologies.  The effort is intended to directly benefit Navy
 Installation Restoration (ER.) and Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) programs; however,
 both the Matrix and Reference Guide can be utilized by program managers working anywhere
 within the public or private sector.

 Government remedial project managers (RPMs) must often sort through large volumes of related
 and overlapping information to evaluate alternative technologies. To assist the RPM in this
 process and to enhance technology transfer among Federal agencies, this document was
 developed to combine the unique features of several agency publications into a single document.
 It allows the RPM to pursue questions based on contamination problems as well as specific
 technology issues. As conventional methods improve and new technologies emerge, periodic
 updates of this document will be issued to help the RPM keep pace with the ever-changing range
 of technology options available.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                           111
                                                                               First Edition

-------
                                 This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           iv
First Edition

-------
 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
 The Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix and Reference Guide is a cooperative effort
 between the Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC) and the U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency (EPA) Technology Innovation Office (TIO). ECG, Inc. prepared the text under NAVFAC
 contract N00025-94-D-0002.

 The following reviewers each contributed to the technical information and comparative evaluations
 provided by this document:
 Todd Margrave
 U.S. Navy
 Naval Facilities Engineering Command
 Code41TM
 200 Stoval Street
 Alexandria, VA 22332
 Telephone: (703) 325-6460
 Facsimile: (703)325-0183
 E-mail:    tamargrave@hq.navfac.navy.mil

 Daniel M. Powell
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Technology Innovation Office (5102 G)
 401 M Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20466
 Telephone: (703) 603-7196
 Facsimile: (703)603-9135
 E-mail:     powell.dan@epamail.epa.gov

 Eric Koglin
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 National Exposure Research Laboratory
 P.O. Box 93478
 Las Vegas, NV 89193-3478
 Telephone: (702) 798-2432
 Facsimile:  (702) 798-2261
 E-mail:     koglin.eric@epamail.epa.gov

 Stephen Billets
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 National Exposure Research Laboratory
 P.O. Box 93478
 Las Vegas, NV 89193-3478
 Phone:     (702) 798-2232
 Facsimile:  (702)798-2261
 E-mail:     billets.stephen@epamail.epa.gov
 Vance Fong
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Region IX
 75 Hawthorne Street
 San Francisco, CA 94105-3901
 Telephone:   (415)744-1492

 Daniel L. Welch
 Major, USAF
 U.S. Air Force Headquarters
 Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence
 AFCEE/ERC
 3207 North Road
 Brooks Air Force Base, TX 78235
 Telephone:   (210) 536-5661
 Facsimile:  (210)536-5989
 E-mail:     dwelch@afceebl .brooks.af.mil

 Johnette Shockley
 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
 USAGE - HTRW Center of Expertise
 12565 West Center Road
 Omaha, NE 68144-3869
 Telephone:  (402) 697-2558
 Facsimile:  (402) 697-2595
 E-mail:
johnette.c.shockley@mrdO 1 .usace.army.mil

 Stephen Warren
 U.S. Department of Energy
 DOE-EM-43
 Cloverleaf Building
 19901 Germantown Road
 Germantown, MD 20874-1290
Telephone:  (301) 903-7673
Facsimile: (301)903-3479
E-mail:    stephen.warren@em.doe.gov
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
Cliff Casey
U.S.Navy
Naval Facilities Engineering Command
Southern Division
2155 Eagle Drive
North Charleston, SC 29411
Telephone:  (803) 820-5561
Facsimile: (803)820-7465
E-mail:    ccasey@efdsouth.navy.mil

Alan Hurt
ILS.Navy
NAVFAC Southwest Division
San Diego, CA
Telephone:  (619)532-3964

John Powell
U.S. Geological Survey
Telephone:  (703)648-4169

Doug Scarborough
U.S. Army Environmental Center
ATTN:  SFIM-AEC-ERS
Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21010-5401
Telephone:  (410) 671-1514

Robert Haas
California Department of
Toxic Substances Control
Hazardous Materials Laboratory
Room 515
2151 Berkeley Way
Berkeley,  CA 94704
Telephone:  (510) 540-2803

Carlos Pachon
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Technology Innovation Office
401M Street, SW
Washington,  D.C.  20460
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
VI
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
 TABLE of CONTENTS
                                                                                 Page

       Notice	       jj
       Foreword	jj{
       Acknowledgment	,	   v
       Table of Contents	 vjj

 1      INTRODUCTION	.	1_1

       1.1     OBJECTIVE	  1_1
       1.2     BACKGROUND	 i-\
       1.3     HOW TO USE THE MATRIX AND REFERENCE GUIDE	 1-2
       1.4     FORMAT OF THE MATRIX AND REFERENCE GUIDE	1-3

 2      EVALUATION CRITERIA			 2-1

       2.1     BACKGROUND		.. .	2-1
       2.2     SAMPLE ACCESS and COLLECTION TOOLS	:.'.'.'. 2-2
       2.3     SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS 	..	        2-8
       2.4.     ANALYTES .	...:,.'	'..,..! 2-13

 3      ACCESS TOOLS	  3-1

       3.1     DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS

              3.1.1   Hollow-Stem Auger	3.3
              3.1.2   DirectMud Rotary	3.5
              3.1.3   Directional Drilling	3.7
              3.1.4   Solid Flight and Bucket Augers	'.	3.9
              3.1.5   Jetting Methods	 .  3.11
              3.1.6   Sonic Drilling	3_13

       3.2     DRILLING METHODS - CONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS

              3.2.1   Direct Air Rotary with Rotary Bit/Downhole Hammer		    3-15
              3.2.2   Cable Tool			3.17
              3.2.3   Rotary Diamond Drilling	3-19

       3.3    DRIVE METHODS

             3.3.1   Cone Penetrometer  	3_2l
             3.3.2   DirectPush Sampler	3.23

       3.4    SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS

             3.4.1   Driven Wells	3_25
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                         VII
First Edition

-------
              3.4.2   Single Riser/Limited Interval Wells	3-27
              3.4.3   Nested Wells/Single Borehole	3-29
              3.4.4   Nested Wells/Multiple Boreholes  	3-31

       3.5     PORTABLE IN-SITU GROUND WATER SAMPLERS/SENSORS

              3.5.1   Direct Drive Samplers	3-33
              3.5.2   Passive Multilayer Samplers	3-35

       3.6     FIXED IN-SITU SAMPLERS

              3.6.1   Multilevel Capsule Samplers	3-36
              3.6.2   Multiple-Port Casings 	3-37
              3.6.3   Passive Multilayer Samplers	3-39

       3.7     DESTRUCTIVE SAMPLING METHODS

              3.7.1   Coring and Extraction	3-40
              3.7.2   Temporary Installations	3-42

4      COLLECTION TOOLS	  4-1

       4.1     HAND-HELD METHODS

              4.1.1   Scoops, Spoons, and Shovels	4-3
              4.1.2   Augers	4-5
              4.1.3   Tubes	4-7

       4.2     POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS

              4.2.1   Splitand SolidBarrel	4-9
              4.2.2   Rotating Core	4-11
              4.2.3   Thin-Wall Open Tube	4-13
              4.2.4   Thin-Wall Piston/Specialized Thin Wall	4-15

       4.3     PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT

              4.3.1   Bladder Pump	4-17
              4.3.2   Gear Pump	4-19
              4.3.3   Submersible Helical Rotor Pump	4-20
              4.3.4   Gas-Driven Displacement Pumps  	4-22
              4.3.5   Gas-Driven Piston Pumps 	4-24

       4.4     OTHER PORTABLE GROUND WATER SAMPLING PUMPS

              4.4.1   Suction-Lift Pumps (peristaltic)	4-26
              4.4.2   Submersible Centrifugal Pump 	4-28
              4.4.3   Inertial-Lift Pumps	4-30
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
Vlll
                                     First Edition

-------
       4.5
PORTABLE GRAB SAMPLERS
              4.5.1   Bailer	4-32
              4.5.2   Pneumatic Depth-Specific Samplers	«	4-34
              4.5.3   Mechanical Depth-Specific Samplers	4-36

       4.6    EXTRACTIVE COLLECTION METHODS

              4.6.1   Soil Water Extraction	4-38
              4.6.2   Sorbent Devices	4-40
              4.6.3   Biological Indicators	4-42

       4.7    GAS/AIR COLLECTION METHODS

              4.7.1   Soil Gas Sampling (static)	4-44
              4.7.2   Soil Gas Probes	4-46
              4.7.3   Air Sampling Devices	4-48

5      EXTRACTION METHODS	  5-1

              5.1    Solvent Extraction   	  5-3
              5.2    Thermal Digestion   	  5-5
              5.3    Thermal Extraction/Desorption	  5-6
              5.4    Purge and Trap	  5-7
              5.5    Headspace	  5-8
              5.6    Supercritical Fluid Extraction	5-10
              5.7    Membrane Extraction	5-12
              5.8    Sorbent Extraction	5-13

6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCs, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES	  6-1

       6.1    IN-SITU ANALYSIS

              6.1.1   Solid/Porous Fiber Optic	6-3
              6.1.2   Laser-Induced Fluorescence (LIF)	6-5

       6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS

              6.2.1   Photo-Ionization Detector	 6-7
              6.2.2   Flame-Ionization Detector	6-9
              6.2.3   Explosimeter	6-11
              6.2.4   Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector	6-13
              6.2.5   Catalytic Surface Oxidation	6-16
              6.2.6   Detector Tubes	6-18
              6.2.7   Mass Spectrometry (MS)	6-20
              6.2.8   GC/MS	 6-22
              6.2.9   GC/Ion Trap MS	6-24
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                               IX
                                                                    First Edition

-------
               6.2.10 Ion Trap MS	6-26
               6.2.11  Ion Mobility Spectrometer	6-28
               6.2.12 Ultraviolet (UV).Fluorescence	6-30
               6.2.13  Synchronous Luminescence/Fluorescence		6-32
               6.2.14 UV-Visible Spectrophotom'etry	•	6-34
               6.2.15  Infrared Spectroscopy	6-36
               6.2.16 Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy  	6-38
               6.2.17  Scattering/Absorption LIDAR	6-40
               6.2.18  Raman Spectroscopy/Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS)  	6-42
               6.2.19  Near DR. Reflectance/Transmitance Spectrometry  	6-44
               6.2.20  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits	6-46
               6.2.21  Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor	6-48
               6.2.22  Semiconductor Sensors	6-50
               6.2.23  Piezoelectric Sensors	6-52
               6.2.24  Field Bioassessment			6-54
               6.2.25  Toxicity Tests	6-56
               6.2.26  Room-Temperature Phosphorimetry	6-58
               6.2.27  Chemical Colorimetric Kits	6-60
               6.2.28  Free Product Sensors	6-62
               6.2.29  Ground Penetration Radar	,	 6-64
               6.2.30  Thin-Layer Chromatography	....'....	6-66

7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS		. .  7-1

        7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

               7.1.1   Atomic Absorption (AA) Spectroscopy	  7-3
               7.1.2   Inductively-Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES)  .  7-5
               7.1.3   X-Ray Fluorescence ......:	 .  7-7
               7.1.4   Chemical Colorimetric Kits	  7-9
               7.1.5   Titrimetry Kits	.7-11
               7.1.6   Immunassay Colorimetric Kits	7-13
               7.1.7   Anodic Stripping Voltammetry	7-15
               7.1.8   Fluorescence Spectrophotometry	7-17
               7.1.9   Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor	7-19
               7.1.10  Field Bioassessment	 7-21
               7.1.11  Toxicity Tests 	7-23
               7.1.12  Ion Chromatography	7-25

8      RADIONUCLIDES	  8-1

       8.1     IN-SITU ANALYSIS

               8.1.1   Gamma Radiation	   8-3

       8.2     EX-SHU ANALYSIS

               8.2.1   Radiation Detectors	   8-5
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
First Edition

-------
              8.2.2  Gamma Ray Spectrometry	  8-7
              8.2.3  Nuclear Magnetic Resonance	  8-9
              8.2.4  Piezocone Magnetic Meter	8-11
              8.2.5  Field Bioassessment	8-13
              8.2.6  Toxicity Tests  	8-15

9      EXPLOSIVES	'.	  9-1

       9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS

              9.1.1  Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector	  9-3
              9.1.2  Mass Spectrometry	  9-5
              9.1.3  GC/MS	  9-7
              9.1.4  Ion Mobility Spectrometer ,	  9-9
              9.1.5  Field Bioassessments	9-11
              9.1.6  Toxicity Tests  . .	'. .	9-13
              9.1.7  Chemical Colorimetric Kits	9-15
              9.1.8  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits	9-17

Appendix A - Accelerated Site Characterization Process   . . .	A-l

Appendix B - General Reference  	 B-l

Appendix C - List of Acronyms	 C-l

Appendix D - Sample Access and Collection Matrix	D-1

Appendix E - Sample Analysis Matrix		 E-l
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
First Edition

-------
                                     This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix            xii
First Edition

-------
        INTRODUCTION
1.1    OBJECTIVE

The primary objective of all sampling, activities is to characterize a site accurately so that its impact on
human health and the environment can be properly evaluated.  The secondary objective is to determine
the physical properties that are essential to the design of a remediation system.  It is only through
sampling and analysis that site hazards can be measured and the job of cleanup and restoration can be
accomplished effectively with minimal risk.   Currently, billions of dollars are being spent on
characterizing pollution problems in both terrestrial and aquatic environments.  Most of these funds are
spent drilling wells, collecting samples, and  analyzing these samples at laboratories.  With increased
pressure to characterize  sites faster and cheaper, this approach  is considered costly and time
consuming.

The use of new technologies could result in  cost savings and faster characterization  of sites. However,
barriers do exist to the use of new technologies including lack of investment  capital, unwillingness to
take risks, difficulties in convincing regulators and potential customers the product can do what it
claims, lack of- credible  performance data, and failure to establish Data Quality Objectives that relate
data needs to probable remedies.  Currently, there is a lack of relevant, integrated, and easily
accessible information on technology  description, cost, and performance.

The Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix (Matrix) and accompanying Reference Guide
are intended as an initial screening tool to provide users with an introduction to innovative site
characterization technologies and to promote the use of potentially cost-effective methods for on-site
monitoring and measurement. To be listed on the Matrix, techniques and instruments must be: (1)
fieldable, and (2) commercially available. The Reference Guide provides a description and additional
background information on each technology. The use of this tool should help identify methods that
emphasize the use of non-intrusive or minimally intrusive technologies in order to optimize sampling
locations and minimize  well installation. When combined with the analytical field instruments listed,
the user should be provided with timely and reliable data to guide sampling investigations and
minimize costs.

1.2    BACKGROUND

The Matrix as designed is intended to facilitate time and cost savings and promote the use of
innovative fieldable technologies.  Each technology listed has been identified as fieldable; however, an
individual technology may not be widely used because of cost, public acceptance, or implementability.
The target  audience for this document includes the following:

       a.  Remedial Project Managers (RPMs) and their supporting contractors and consultants
       b.  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regional  representatives, laboratory and field
           staff, and Brownfields Coordinators
       c.  Federal,  State,  and local environmental regulators
       d.  Department of Defense (DoD) installation environmental coordinators including:
           •   Congressional staff representatives
           •   Public interest groups
           •   Private  sector consultants
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
1-1
                                                                                       First Edition

-------
 This document is not intended to be the sole basis for selection of a specific site characterization
 technology. The Matrix and supporting Reference Guide should be used only as screening documents
 and the exclusion or omission of a specific characterization technology does not necessarily mean that
 a technology is not applicable to a site. It is important to recognize that the amount of information
 about technologies is rapidly growing. After  identifying potentially applicable technologies and prior to
 selection, it is essential that RPMs consult the individual characterization technology vendor and/or
 government point of contact to evaluate technology, cost, up-to-date performance data, and site-
 specific conditions. Additional information to support identification and analysis of potentially
 applicable technologies can be obtained by consulting published references and contacting technology
 experts.

 1.3    HOW TO USE THE MATRIX AND REFERENCE GUIDE

 The starting point for any sampling program  is the Data Quality Objective (DQO) process, which is a
 series of planning steps designed to ensure that the type, quantity, and quality of environmental data
 used in decision making are appropriate.  The extent to which valid inferences can be  drawn from
 environmental data depends on the degree to  which the sampling effort conforms to the DQOs. DQOs
 and site conditions will define the specific procedures  that will be followed for individual sampling
 events.  The DQO process consists of the following seven steps:

        •   Step 1: State the Problem
        •   Step 2: Identify the Decision
        •   Step 3: Identify the Inputs to the  Decision
        •   Step 4: Define the Study Boundaries
        •   Step 5: Develop a Decision Rule
        •   Step 6: Specify Tolerable Limits on Decision Errors
        •   Step 7: Optimize the Design

 The DQO process should establish the data requirements for the project (for example, quantitation
 limit requirements may vary significantly for  risk assessment work versus identification of  /
 contaminated areas).  The Matrix is a tool for identifying access, collection, and analysis methods
 appropriate to meet those requirements.  Its purpose is to provide an initial comparison of
 commercially available technologies to use as a starting point in the technology selection process.
 Again, the Matrix is to be used as an initial screening tool and is not intended as a decision document.

 Cost control is a primary focus of site characterization efforts, and performing the characterization
 quickly can reduce total cost.  The Accelerated Site Characterization process strives for characterizing
 a site in one mobilization effort.  This process can save time and money if properly planned and
 executed.  A description of an accelerated site characterization process is provided in Appendix A.

 An additional source of information concerning available technologies  is the EPA Vendor Field
 Analytical and Characterization Technology System (Vendor FACTS) database.  The software is
 available free of charge to the public (at http://clu-in.com/vfactsl.htm) and contains information
 provided by vendors on technologies that meet the following criteria: (1) fieldable technologies -
 portable or transportable equipment for on-site monitoring, screening, and analysis of hazardous
 substances (equipment used for collecting samples for off-site analysis will not be considered); (2)
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
1-2
                                       First Edition

-------
technologies to monitor and characterize contaminated sites, not industrial process waste streams; and
(3) technologies that fall into specific categories.

Once the DQO process is complete, users can then review the Matrix to develop a short list of
technologies that will meet those requirements.  A subsequent review of these technologies in the
Reference Guide may provide further discriminating factors and lists references for additional
information.

Once adequate information has been obtained on each candidate technology, final technology selection
can begin, taking into consideration the following factors as appropriate:

       »   Project Scheduling - Time constraints, weather conditions, and work effort duration
       •   Specific Regulatory Requirements - State or local requirements
       •   Specific Client Requirements
       •   Safely Requirements
       •   Resource Availability

1.4    FORMAT OF THE MATRIX AND REFERENCE GUIDE

The Matrix itself has been divided into two components in order to reflect the entire site
characterization process:

       •   Sample Access and Collection Tools
       •   Sample Analysis Tools

On the Matrix, the technologies have been grouped into various categories and subcategories for
comparison purposes (Sections 2.2 and 2.3). Each technology has received an evaluation, against
distinct criteria, relative to the other technologies in that category or subcategory.  Also included on
the Matrix is a legend providing an explanation of the evaluation criteria and symbols.

The Reference Guide has been divided into the following nine sections (Sections 3 through 9 are listed
on the Matrix):

       •   Section 1  (Introduction) presents objectives, background information, guidance on how to
           use this document, and limitations on its use.
       o   Section 2 (Evaluation Criteria) provides information on how to use both the Sample
           Access and Collection Tools Matrix (see Section 2.2) and the Sample Analysis Tools
           Matrix (see  Section 2.3).
       •   Section 3  (Access Tools) covers technologies that enable field staff to access media.
       »   Section 4 (Collection Tools) covers technologies that allow staff to physically remove
           samples.
       •   Section 5  (Extraction Tools) covers technologies that bridge the process between sample
           collection and sample preparation.
       <•   Section 6 (Sample Analysis Tools for VOCs, SVOCs and Pesticides) covers fieldable
           ex-situ and in-situ methods for analyzing Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs),
           Semivolatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs), and pesticides.
       •   Section 7 (Sample Analysis Tools for Metals) covers fieldable ex-situ and in-situ methods
           for analyzing metals.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
1-3
First Edition

-------
         •   Section 8 (Sample Analysis Tools for Radionuclides) covers fieldable ex-situ and in-situ
             methods for analyzing radionuclides.
         •   Section 9 (Sample Analysis Tools for Explosives) covers fieldable in-situ methods for
             analyzing explosives.

 Sections 3 through 9 contain subsections (3.1, 3.2, etc.) to further delineate technologies and
 applications.

 The appendices in this document contain the following information:

         •   Appendix A - The Accelerated Site Characterization Process. Provides useful tips to
             efficiently generate quality data during the site characterization process. The Field Sampling
             and Analysis Guide provides detailed information about site characterization technologies,
             and Appendix A describes how the technologies are integrated into a characterization
             program. The Guide and appendix are meant to be used together to acquire the data
             necessary for characterizing a site in a single field mobilization effort.

         •    Appendix B - General Reference. A list of documents that contain additional information
             on site characterization technologies.

         •    Appendix C - List  of Acronyms

         •    Appendix D - Fold-out version  of the Sample Access and Collection Tools Matrix

         •   Appendix E - Fold-out version of the Sample Analysis Tools Matrix
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
1-4
                                        First Edition

-------
   2      EVALUATION CRITERIA
   2.1    BACKGROUND
   The purpose of the Reference Guide is to provide the user with a descriptive summary of each
   technique and instrument listed on the Matrix.  Summaries for access, collection, and extraction
   methods (Sections 3, 4, and 5) are presented in the following format (Note: Technologies appear
   in the Reference Guide in the same order that they are listed on the Sample Access and Collection
   Tools Matrix):
   1.     General Method Category Title
   2.     Method title
   3.     Use
   4.     Description
   5.     Analytes
   6.     Media
   7.     Maximum Depth
     8.      Production Rate
     9.      Investigation Derived Waste Volume
     10.     Technology Status
     11.     Certification/Verification
     12.     Relative Cost per Sample
     13.     Limitations
     14.     American Society for Testing and
            Materials (ASTM) Standards/EPA
            Methods .
   Items 5 through 12 reflect the evaluation criteria as listed in the Sample Access and Collection Tools
   Matrix. Text provided for these items reflects the ratings provided in the Matrix. Where applicable,
   technical  support information and clarification is provided for individual ratings contained in the
   Matrix.
   Summaries for sample analysis tools (Sections 6, 7, 8, and 9) are presented in the following format
   (Note: Technologies appear in the Reference Guide in the same order that they  are listed on the
   Sample Analysis Tools Matrix):
    1.      General Method Category Title
    2.      Method title
    3.      Use
    4.      Description
    5.      Analytes
    6.      Media
    7.      Selectivity
    8.      Susceptibility to Interference
     9.      Detection Limits
     10.    Turnaround Time per Sample
     11.    Applicable to
     12.    Quantitative Data Capability
     13.    Technology Status
     14.    Certification/Verification
     15.    Relative Cost per Analysis
     16.    Limitations
     17.    ASTM Standards/EPA Methods
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-1
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
      2      EVALUATION CRITERIA
      2.2     SAMPLE ACCESS and COLLECTION TOOLS
     Technologies listed in the Sample Access and Collection Tools Matrix have been divided into three
     categories:

             1.   Access Tools which enable field staff to access media.

             2.   Collection Tools that allow staff to physically remove samples.

             3.   Extraction Tools that bridge the process between sample collection and sample analysis.

     The Access Tools category is divided into the following seven subcategories (a descriptive summary
     for each technology listed under Access Tools is contained in Section 3 of the Reference Guide):

         1-   Prilling Methods - Unconsolidated Materials identifies six power-driven methods for drilling
             in clays, sands, silts, and gravel.  Drilling  is used for the collection of solids samples or cores
             for lithologic (physical character and composition of unconsolidated deposits or rocks) logging
             and  chemical analysis;  lithologic  and hydrogeologic characterization  using borehole
             geophysical logging; and installation of  piezometers or monitoring wells.  When evaluating
             the alternatives listed, the user should make selections based on the following factors:  (1)
             suitability for the type of geologic materials at a site; (2) potential effects on  sample integrity
             (influence by drilling fluids and potential for cross contamination between aquifers); and (3)
             availability and cost.

         2.   Drilling Methods -  Consolidated  Materials describes three techniques used for  drilling in
             heavier materials  and at greater depths.  Users should base their evaluations on the same
             factors. For each drilling method listed, users are instructed to follow proper safety protocols.
             In addition, slower drilling rates improve contamination control and limit public and worker
             exposure to contaminants.  For this reason, drilling in contaminated areas using any method
             should be slowed to allow for greater control of the hazardous material being extracted from
            the hole.

         3.  Drive Methods utilize a hydraulic device to penetrate the ground typically resulting in reduced
            levels of  investigation derived waste  and minimizing  migration  of contaminants  from
            shallower to deeper levels.

        4.  Sampling  Installations for Portable Samplers identifies  four  permanent well  installation
            methods used for the portable samplers covered in Sections  4.3, 4.4, and 4.5.

        5-  Portable In-Situ Ground Water  Samplers  are used for ground water monitoring.

        6-  Fixed In-Situ Samplers cover three permanent installation methods that are placed directly into
            a borehole.

        7-  Destructive Sampling Methods  generally  are utilized during  the drilling process.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-2
                                                                                        First Edition

-------
   The  Collection  Tools category  is divided into the  following  seven subcategories (a descriptive
   summary for. each technology listed under Collection Tools is contained in Section 4 of the Reference
   Guide):

       1.  Hand-Held Methods are generally selected based on the following criteria: (1) whether an
          undisturbed core is required,  (2) soil conditions at the site, and (3) desired sample size arid
          depth,

       2.  Power-Driven Soil Samplers  are usually operated in conjunction with a drill rig.

       3.  Portable  Positive Displacement Pumps are placed below the static water level of the well and
          pump the sample to the surface.

       4.  Other Portable  Ground  Water Sampling Pumps covers three  other pump types used for
          sampling ground water.                                             .     '

       5.  Portable  Grab Samplers covers three manually operated methods for collecting ground water
          samples.

       6.  Extractive Collection Methods covers two methods used for soil water extraction from the
          vadose zone and the use of biological indicators.

       7.  Gas/Air  Collection Methods covers two methods for collecting soil-gas  samples and one
          method  for collecting ambient air samples.

   Extraction  Tools  (a descriptive summary for each technology  listed under Extraction Tools  is
   contained in Section 5 of the Reference Guide) are used to extract or prepare a sample in order for
   it to be  analyzed  by the  methods listed on the Sample Analysis Tools Matrix.  For example, gas
   chromatography requires  samples to be in a gas phase.  This is often achieved through thermal
   desorption for soil samples.

   For the purpose of comparison, each technology in the Access Tools, Collection Tools, and Extraction
   Methods categories has been broken  down into  seven evaluation criteria:

           1.   Media
          2.   Maximum Depth
          3.   Production Rate
          4.   Investigative Derived Waste Volume
          5.   Technology Status                            ,
          6.   Certification/Validation
          7.   Relative Cost per Sample

   The evaluation criteria for each technology are summarized in the Sample Access and Collection Tools
   Matrix. Ratings  for each criteria were derived through two Expert Work Group meetings and a final
   government review.  Many of the ratings are based on subjective evaluations for the purpose  of
   comparison within specific categories.  For example, the media rating provided for the hollow-stem
   auger should only be compared against other methods listed  under Access Tools.  If additional
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                                2-3
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
     technical information or clarification surrounding a specific rating is available, it is provided in the
     Reference Guide.

     The following is a description of each column on the Sample Access and Collection Tools Matrix:
     Technique/Instrumentation:
     Reference Guide Page #:
     Analytes:
     Media:
       • Minimum Impact.
       &  Moderate Impact.
       A Maximum Impact
 The name of the technology is provided.  Most commonly used
 field techniques, as identified in Subsurface Characterization
 and Monitoring Techniques (EPA 625-R-93-003), are identified
 on the Matrix in italics. Usage levels are only approximations,
 and actual usage may vary from region to region.

 Page number for applicable technique or instrument in Reference
 Guide.  The Reference Guide provides  a preliminary description
 identifying  the  primary  use  of  a  method within the  site
 characterization  process  and  technical  information  on  the
 components  and operational procedures of the method

 Analytes  which  can be  accessed,  collected, or  extracted  are
 identified. Section 2.4 of the Reference Guide provides a listing
 of individual contaminants contained in each group. It should be
 noted that technologies identified as appropriate for a specific
 analyte group are not necessarily effective for all contaminants
 listed within that group.                  ',

 Rating  provided is a subjective evaluation of the extent of the
 disturbance created at a site when a  sample is taken.  The lower
 the impact a technology has on  a site, the more representative the
 sample  produced. The project DQOs should identify the sample
 representativeness required. The following five media types were
 rated:
                                            Soil - natural aggregate of mineral grains with or without
                                            organic materials  that can  be separated  by mechanical
                                            means.  Soil sampling can be classified into two primary
                                            types: surface and subsurface.
                                            Sediment  -  material  that   is  submerged/saturated  or
                                            suspended in any surface water body.
                                            Ground Water - water found beneath the earth's surface that
                                            fills pores between such materials as sand, soil, or gravel.
                                            Surface Water - water naturally open to the atmosphere such
                                            as rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, and seas.
                                            Gas/Air - pollutants generally fall into two main groups: (1)
                                            those  emitted directly from  identifiable sources, and  (2)
                                            those produced in  the air by interaction between two or
                                            more  primary  pollutants, or  by reaction with  normal
                                            atmospheric  constituents,  with  or without photoactivation.
                                            Soil gas includes gaseous elements and compounds in the
                                            small spaces between particles of the earth and soil.
2.

3.

4.

5.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-4
                                                                                        First Edition

-------
   Maximum Depth:
•
A
100 feet plus.
Up to 100 feet.
Up to 25 feet.
The  Reference  Guide  identifies  applicable  media-specific
capabilities  and equipment  requirements.    Specific  media
limitations are listed in the Reference Guide under "Limitations."

A depth range has been developed for each method listed.  When
applicable,  the  Reference  Guide  identifies  specific  depth
limitations and specific equipment requirements. Users should be
aware that the cost of a technology generally increases when
greater depth is required.  In addition, different media conditions
and characteristics  can influence the ability  of a technology to
reach a specific depth.
    Production Rate:
          Sample is available quickly.
          Sample is available in a
          short amount of time.
          Sample is available after an
          extended wait.
Rating provided is a subjective evaluation based on the average
production time from the beginning of the sampling event until
the sample is available for analysis preparation.
Rating is a relative comparison within the specific category (see
Relative Cost for an example).
    Investigation  Derived Waste
    Volume:
      •   Small volume of waste.
      '9   Medium volume of waste.
      A   Large volume of waste.
Rating provided is a subjective evaluation based on the volume
of waste generated to obtain a sample.  Collecting, labeling,
storing,  and disposing of investigation derived waste (IDW)
should be addresser1 when developing a sampling project.  In
addition, procedures should be implemented to  determine if
IDW is hazardous.  Rating is a relative comparison within  the
specific category (see Relative Cost for an example).
    Technology Status:
      III  Commercially available and
          routinely used filed
          technology.
      II   Commercially available
          technology with moderate
          field experience.
      I   Commercially available
          technology with limited field
          experience.
Technology  status was developed based on  information from
Subsurface Characterization and Monitoring Techniques (EPA
625-R-93-003), EPA's Vendor FACTS, and specific vendor
contacts.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
             2-5
                                                                                         First Edition

-------
     Certification/Verification:
       Yes Technology has participated
           in CalEPA certification
           and/or Consortium for Site
           Characterization Technology
           verification program.

       No  Technology has not
           participated in CalEPA
           certification and/or
           Consortium for Site
           Characterization Technology
           verification program.
 The California Environmental  Protection Agency's (CalEPA)
 award-winning certification program is a voluntary program that
 provides participating technology developers, manufacturers, and
 vendors an independent, recognized third-party evaluation of the
 performance  of new and mature  environmental technologies.
 Developers and manufacturers define quantitative performance
 claims  for  their  technologies  and  provide  supporting
 documentation; CalEPA reviews that information and, where
 necessary, conducts additional testing to verify the claims. The
 technologies, equipment, and products that are proven to work
 as claimed receive official state certification.  The certification
 program   is  voluntary   and   self-supporting.  Companies
 participating  in the program pay  the costs of evaluating and
 certifying  their technologies.

 The  goal  of  the  Consortium  for   Site  Characterization
 Technology   (CSCT)   is   to  increase  the   use   of new
 characterization and monitoring technologies at cleanup sites. To
 attain this goal, the Consortium will:  (1) identify, demonstrate,
 evaluate, verify, and transfer information about innovative and
 alternative monitoring, measurement, and site characterization
 technologies to developers, users, and regulators;  and (2) define
 and demonstrate  a process  for verifying the performance of
 innovative  site characterization technologies.  By developing this
 process, the Consortium will facilitate independent testing and
 demonstrations that can generate the data necessary to evaluate
 and verify performance.

 In addition, the Reference Guide will identify applicable SW-
 846 Sample Preparation, Cleanup, and Determinative Methods;
 American   Standard  for  Testing  and Materials   (ASTM)
 standards;  U.S. Department of Energy  (DOE)  compendium
 recommendations; and Army Corps Design Manual Methods.
    Relative Cost per Sample:
      •   Least expensive.
      •  Mid-range expense.
      A   Most expensive.
Because of the number of factors that affect cost, a subjective
scale was developed. The current relative cost per sample is a
comparison within technology subsections (3.1, 3.2, etc.). For
example, relative cost per sample for technologies in section 3.1
Drilling  Methods  -  Unconsolidated  Formations can't  be
compared with the relative cost for technologies in section 3.2
Drilling Methods - Consolidated Formations.   Assumption is
that a contractor was hired to provide, the  analysis or technique
at an "average" site that does not have extraordinary features or
conditions.  When available,  one time capital,  operation, and
maintenance costs are included in the Reference Guide.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-6
                                                  First Edition

-------
    In addition, the Reference Guide contains the following sections:
    Limitations:
    ASTM Standards:
Limitations such as geologic/atmospheric conditions, lack of
consistent  sample  volume, total  sample  volume  produced,
media/Matrix limitations, temperature operating range, mobility,
durability,  and availability are listed in the Reference Guide as
applicable.

Applicable ASTM  standards are listed.   A complete list of
ASTJM Standards applicable to environmental investigations can
be found in the following:

     ASTM  1996. Standard Guide to Site Characterization
     for Environmental Purposes with Emphasis on Soil, Rock,
     the Vadose Zone and Ground Water.  ASTM D  5730 - 96.
    EPA Guidance:
Applicable EPA guidance documents are listed.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-7
First Edition

-------
     2      EVALUATION CRITERIA

     2.3    SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS
     Qualitative chemical analysis is concerned with identifying the elements and compounds present in
     a sample.  Once it is known which elements and compounds are present, the role of quantitative
     analysis is to determine the amount of analyte in the sample.

     Technologies listed in the Sample Analysis Tools Matrix have been divided into four categories:

            1.  Ex-situ and in-situ methods for analyzing VOCs,  SVOCs and pesticides (a descriptive
                summary for each technology listed is contained in Section 6 of the Reference Guide).

            2.  Ex-situ methods for analyzing metals (a descriptive summary for each technology listed
                is contained in Section 7 of the Reference Guide).

            3.  Ex-situand in-situ methods for analyzing radionuclides (a descriptive summary for each
                technology listed is contained in Section 8 of the Reference Guide).

            4.  Ex-situ methods for analyzing explosives (a descriptive summary for each technology
                listed is contained in Section  9 of the Reference Guide).

    In-situ is  defined as a method conducted without removing the sample from its location under the
    surface of the  ground.  Ex-situ is defined as a method that requires removal of a sample from its
    location (or analysis conducted on the  surface of the ground,  such as surface scanning using X-ray
    fluorescence).

    For the purpose of comparison, each technology in the Sample Analysis Tools Matrix has been  broken
    down into 10 evaluation criteria:

            1.   Media
            2.   Selectivity
            3.   Susceptibility to Interference
            4.   Detection Limits
            5.   Turnaround Time per Sample
            6.  Applicability
            7.  Quantitative Data Capability
            8.  Technology Status
            9.  Certification/Validation
            10. Relative Cost per Analysis

    Ratings for each  criteria were  derived through two Expert  Work  Group  meetings and a final
    government review. Many of the ratings are based on subjective evaluations and solely for  the
    purpose  of comparison within specific categories. For  example, the selectivity rating provided for the
    photo-ionization detector should only be compared against other methods listed under VOCs, SVOCs,
    and Pesticides.  Specific technical information or clarification surrounding a specific rating is provided
    in the Reference Guide in that technology's descriptive summary.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-8
                                     First Edition

-------
    The following is a description of each column on the Sample Analysis Tools Matrix:
    Technique/Instrumentation:
The name of the technology is provided.  Most commonly used
field techniques, as identified in Subsurface Characterization and
Monitoring Techniques (EPA 625-R-93-003), are identified on
the Matrix in italics. Usage levels are only approximations, and
actual usage may vary  from region to region
    Reference Guide Page #:
    Analytes:
Page number for applicable technique or instrument in Reference
Guide. The Reference Guide provides a preliminary description
identifying  the  primary  use  of a  method  within  the  site
characterization  process  and  technical  information  on  the
components and operational procedures of the method.

Analytes which can be analyzed are identified.  Section 2.4 of the
Reference Guide  provides a listing of individual contaminant?
contained in each group.  It should  be noted that technologies
identified as appropriate  for a specific  analyte  group are not
necessarily effective for all contaminants listed within that group.
    Media:
       •   Better
       ®  Adequate
       A   Serviceable
       NA Not Applicable
       E   Requires extraction to liquid
          or gas phase.
Each Technique/Instrument was given a subjective evaluation on
its ability to perform in following three media categories:

      (1) soil/sediment
      (2) water
      (3) gas/air

"Better" means the technology typically performs better than other
technologies in the  subsection.   "Adequate"  means that  the
technology will be acceptable in average situations. "Serviceable"
means the technology may work in limited situations, but should be
used only if higher ranked technologies are not available.

The  Reference  Guide  identifies  applicable  media  specific
capabilities  and  equipment   requirements.     Specific  media
limitations are listed in the Reference Guide under "Limitations."
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-9
First Edition

-------
     Selectivity:
           Technique measures the
           specific contaminant directly.
           Technique measures the
           contaminant indirectly.
           Technique measures a part of
           the compound.
 Rating provided  is a subjective evaluation on  a technique or
 instrument's ability to  measure a contaminant directly.  The project
 DQOs should  identify the  level of selectivity required.  An
 instrument's ability to measure specific  contaminants within a
 contaminant group may vary.  Rating is a relative comparison
 within the specific category (see Relative Cost for an example).
 Some technologies measure part of a compound, for example
 measuring chlorine ions to infer the total amount of chlorinated
 compounds present.
     Susceptibility to Interference:
       •   Low.
       #  Medium.
       A   High.
Rating provided  is a  subjective evaluation on  a technique or
instrument's susceptibility to interference from the media being
sampled.   Broad-based identification  of an analyte (example:
Total  Petroleum  Hydrocarbons (TPH))  is  more  likely  to  be
susceptible to interference than  identification of a specific analyte
(example: benzene). Rating is a relative comparison within the
specific category  (see Relative  Cost for an example).
     Detection Limits:
       •   100-1000 ppb (soil);
           1-50 ppb (water).
       »   10-100 ppm (soil);
           0.5-10 ppm (water).
       A   500+ ppm (soil);
           100+ppm (water).
       NA  Not Applicable
Rating provided is a subjective  evaluation of the technology's
detection limits for both soil and water samples.  The project DQOs
should identify the quantitation limits required.  An instrument's
ability  to measure specific  contaminants within a contaminant
group may vary.
    Turnaround Time per Sample:
       "  Minutes.
       *  Hours.
       A  More than a day.
Rating provided is a subjective evaluation on the time it takes to
analyze  the sample and  obtain  results.   Rating  is a relative
comparison within the specific category (see Relative Cost for an
example).
    Applicable to:
       •  Better.
       
-------
                                      "Better" means the technology typically performs better  than
                                      other technologies in the subsection. "Adequate" means that the
                                      technology   will   be   acceptable   in   average   situations.
                                      "Serviceable"  means the  technology may  work  in  limited
                                      situations, but should be used only if higher ranked technologies
                                      are not available.
    Quantitative Data Capability:
          Produces quantitative data.
          Data becomes quantitative
          with additional effort.
          Does not produce
          quantitative data.
    Technology Status:
      III  Commercially available and
          routinely used field
          technology.
      II   Commercially available
          technology with moderate
          field experience.'
      I   Commercially available
          technology with limited field
          experience.
Qualitative chemical analysis is concerned with  identifying the
elements and compounds present in a sample. Once it is known
which elements and compounds are present, the role of quantitative
analysis is to determine the composition of the sample.  The rating
provided is a subjective evaluation on a method's ability to produce
quantitative  data.    DQOs  should be used  to determine if
quantitative data is required. "Quantitative with additional effort"
means comparison .using more  accurate analytical techniques or
requires additional sampling and analysis.

Technology  status was  developed  based on information  from
Subsurface Characterization and Monitoring Techniques (EPA
625-R-93-003),  EPA's  Vendor FACTS and specific  vendor
contacts.
    Certification/Verification:
      Yes  Technology has participated
           in CalEPA certification
           and/or Consortium for Site
           Characterization
           Technology verification
           program.

      No   Technology has not
           participated in CalEPA
           certification and/or
           Consortium for Site
           Characterization
           Technology verification
           program.
The California Environmental Protection Agency's (CalEPA)
award-winning certification program is a voluntary program that
provides participating technology developers, manufacturers, and
vendors an independent, recognized third-party evaluation of the
performance  of new and  mature environmental technologies.
Developers and manufacturers define quantitative  performance
claims   for  their  technologies  and   provide    supporting
documentation; CalEPA reviews  that information  and,  where
necessary, conducts additional testing to verify the claims.  The
technologies, equipment, and products that  are proven to work as
claimed receive official state certification.   The certification
program   is  voluntary  and   self-supporting.   Companies
participating  in the  program  pay the costs of evaluating and
certifying their technologies.

The goal of the Consortium for Site Characterization Technology
(CSCT) is to increase  the  use of  new characterization and
monitoring technologies at cleanup sites. To attain this goal, the
Consortium will:  (1) identify,  demonstrate, evaluate, verify, and
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-11
                                                                                          First Edition

-------
                                      transfer information about innovative and alternative monitoring,
                                      measurement,  and   site   characterization   technologies   to
                                      developers, users, and regulators; and (2) define and demonstrate
                                      a  process  for  verifying  the  performance  of innovative site
                                      characterization technologies.   By developing this process, the
                                      Consortium will facilitate independent testing and demonstrations
                                      that can generate the  data necessary  to evaluate and  verify
                                      performance.

                                      In addition, the Reference Guide will identify applicable SW-846
                                      Sample  Preparation,  Cleanup, and  Determinative  Methods;
                                      American Standard for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards;
                                      U.S.    Department    of   Energy    (DOE)    compendium
                                      recommendations;  and Army Corps Design Manual Methods.
    Relative Cost per Sample:
       •  Least expensive.
       9  Mid-range expense.
       A  Most expensive.
  The current relative cost per sampling is a comparison within
  technology subsections (6.1, 6.2, etc.).  For example, relative cost
  per sample for technologies in section 4.1  Hand-Held Methods
  can't be compared with the relative cost for technologies in
  section 4.2  Power-Driven Soil Samplers.  Assumption is that a
  contractor  was hired to  provide  the analysis  or technique.
  Consideration should be given for required turnaround time for
  analysis.   When  appropriate,  per  sample  cost  incorporates
  additional costs associated with an on-site field mobile laboratory.
  When available,  one time capital,  operation,  and maintenance
  costs are included in the Reference Guide.
    In addition, the Reference Guide contains the following sections:
    Limitations:
    ASTM Standards:
    EPA Methods:
 Limitations such as sample preparation, required sample volume,
 sample preparation and preservation, media/Matrix limitations,
 temperature operating range, mobility, durability, and availability
 are listed in the Reference Guide as available.

 Applicable ASTM standards are listed.  A complete list of ASTM
 Standards applicable to environmental investigations can be found
 in the following:

         ASTM 1996.  Standard Guide to Site Characterization
        for Environmental Purposes With Emphasis on  Soil,
         Rock, the  Vadose Zone and Ground Water.  ASTM D
         5730 - 96.

Applicable EPA methods are listed.  Methods are from SW-846
or applicable Drinking Water Standard Methods.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
            2-12
                                                  First Edition

-------
    2      EVALUATION CRITERIA
    2.4    ANALYTES
    The scope of the Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix is limited to technologies used for
    characterization of introduced contaminants.  Methods used only for detecting and identifying naturally
    occurring contaminants were not considered for inclusion.  Analytes covered by the Matrix have been
    separated into the following 11 categories:

           1.  Non-Halogenated  Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
           2.  Non-Halogenated  Semivolatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs)
           3.  Halogenated VOCs
           4.  Halogenated SVOCs
           5.  Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
           6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
           7.  Metals
           8.  Radionuclides
           9.  Inorganics
           10. Explosives
           11. Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPHs)

    The following is a brief description of each of the analyte groups.  Individual contaminants listed were
    adopted from the Remediation  Technologies Screening Matrix and Reference Guide (EPA 542-B-94-
    013).  It should be noted that technologies identified as appropriate for a specific analyte group are
    not necessarily effective in accessing, collecting, or analyzing all contaminants listed within that group.

    2.4.1   Non-Halogenated VOCs

    Volatile Organic Compounds  (VOCs) are a group of organic compounds found in products such as
    gasolines, paints, paint thinners, and solvents used for dry cleaning and metal degreasing.  These
    compounds are typically  used in liquid form and are defined as volatile because many can readily
    evaporate.  Substances containing VOCs can find their way into the ground water through point
    sources such as leaking storage tanks  or direct spills. VOCs also can enter ground water from non-
    point sources such as storm water runoff from roads and parking lots.  Some airborne compounds can
    mix with rain  and rainfall  containing VOCs also may recharge aquifers as a non-point source of
    contamination. Once in the ground water,  VOCs can degrade the quality of water supplies.

    Subsurface contamination by VOCs potentially exists in four phases:

           •   Gaseous phase:  Contaminants present as vapors in unsaturated zone.

           •   Solid  phase:   Contaminants  are adsorbed on  soil particles in both  saturated  and
               unsaturated zones.

           •   Aqueous phase:  Contaminants are dissolved into pore water according to their solubility
               in both saturated and unsaturated zones.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-13
First Edition

-------
            •   Immiscible phase:   Contaminants are present as non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPLs)
                primarily in unsaturated zone.

     Movement of contaminants under the surface occurs primarily through two mechanisms:

            1.  Volatilization into the unsaturated pore spaces produces a vapor plume.  Lateral migration
                of this vapor plume is independent of ground water movement and may occur as a result
                of both advection and diffusion.  Advection is the process by which the vapor plume
                contaminants are transported by the movement of air and may result  from gas pressure
                or gas density gradients. Diffusion is the movement of contaminants from areas of high
                vapor concentrations to areas of  lower  vapor  concentrations.   Volatilization from
                contaminated ground water also may produce a vapor plume of compounds with high
                vapor pressures and high aqueous solubilities.

            2.  Dissolution into water may occur in either the unsaturated or saturated portions of the
                subsurface with  the contamination then moving with the  water.   Insoluble organic
                contaminants may be present as Non-Aqueous Phase Liquids (NAPLs).  Dense NAPLs
                (DNAPLs) have a specific gravity greater than 1  and will tend to sink to the bottom of
                surface waters and ground water aquifers. Light NAPLs (LNAPLs) will float on top of
                surface water and ground water.  In  addition, DNAPLs and LNAPLs may adhere to the
                soil  through the capillary  fringe and may be found on top of water in temporary  or
               perched aquifers in the vadose zone.
    The following is a list of common non-halogenated VOCs:

           Acetone
           Acrolein
           Acrylonitrile
           n-Butyl alcohol
           Carbon disulfide
           Cyclohexanone
           Ethyl acetate
           Ethyl ether

    2.4.2  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
           Isobutanol
           Methanol
           Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
           Methyl isobutyl ketone
           4-Methyl-2-pentanone
           Styrene
           Tetrahydrofuran
           Vinyl acetate
    SVOCs differ from VOCs in that they generally have a vapor pressure less than 5.35 bar (making
    them less volatile) and require chemical extration prior to analysis.  As a group, SVOCs have the
    same properties and behaviors of VOCs. Contaminant flow occurs through the same mechanisms
    as described for VOCs.  While the degree of volatilization from SVOCs is much less than for
    VOCs, this process still occurs.
    The following is a list of common non-halogenated SVOCs:
           Benzidine
           Benzoic acid
           Benzyl alcohol
           Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
           Butyl benzyl phthalate
           Dibenzofuran
           Di-n-butyl phthalate
           Di-n-octyl phthalate
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-14
                                     First Edition

-------
Diethyl phthalate
Dimethyl phthalate
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
Isophorone
2-Nitroaniline
3-Nitroaniline
4-Nitroaniline
                                                           2-Nitrophenol
                                                           4-Nitrophenol
                                                           n-Nitrosodimethylamine
                                                           n-Nitrosodiphenylamine
                                                           n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
                                                           Phenyl naphthalene
    An important consideration when evaluating a technology is whether the analyte is halogenated or
    non-halogenated.  A halogenated organic compound contains a molecule of chlorine, bromine,
    iodine, and/or fluorine.  The nature of the halogen bond and the halogen itself can significantly
    affect performance of a technology or require more extensive analysis than for non-halogenated
    compounds.
    The following is a list of common halogenated VOCs:

           Bromodichloromethane
           Bromoform
           Bromomethane
           Carbon tetrachloride
           Chlorodibromomethane
           Chloroethane
           Chloroform
           Chloromethane
           Chloropropane
           Cis-1,2-dichloroethylene
           Cis-1,3-dichloropropene
           Dibromomethane
           1,1-Dichloroethane
           1,2-Dichloroethane
           1,2-Dichloroethene
           Trichloroethylene (TCE)
           1,2,2-trifluoroethane (Freon  113)
                                                1,1 -Dichloroethylene
                                                Dichloromethane
                                                1,2-Dichloropropane
                                                Ethylene dibromide
                                                Fluorotrichloromethane (Freon 11)
                                                Hexachloroethane
                                                Methylene chloride
                                                Monochlorobenzene
                                                1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
                                                Tetrachloroethylene or
                                                      Perchloroethylene (PCE)
                                                1,2-Trans-dichloroethylene
                                                Trans-1,3-dichloropropene
                                                1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
                                                1,1,2-Trichloroethane
                                                Vinyl chloride
    2.4.4  Halogenatear SVOCs \  '      ' ~.\ £.  <  I  '   v

    Halogenated SVOCs also contain a molecule of chlorine, bromine, iodine, and/or fluorine.

    The following is a list of common halogenated SVOCs:
           Bis(2-chloroethoxy) ether
           l,2-Bis(2-chloroethoxy) ethane
           Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane
                                               Bis(2-chloroethoxy) phthalate
                                               Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
                                               Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                    2-15
                                                                          First Edition

-------
            4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
            4-Chloroaniline
            p-Chloro-m-cresol
            2-Chloronaphthalene
            2-Chlorophenol
            4-Chlorophenyl phenylether
            1,2-Dichlorobenzene
            1,3-Dichlorobenzene
            1,4-Dichlorobenzene
            3,3-Dichlorobenzidine
            2,4-Dichlorophenol  ,
            Hexachlorobenzene
            Hexachlorobutadiene
            Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
            Pentachlorophenol (PCP)
            Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
            Tetrachlorophenol
            1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
            2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
            2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
    2.4.5   PAHs

    A PAH is a chemical compound that contains more than one fused benzene ring and is generally
    found  in petroleum fuels, coal products, and tar. As a group, PAHs have the same properties and
    behavior as VOCs. Contaminant flow occurs through the same mechanisms as described for
    VOCs.

    PAHs  are generally biodegradable in soil systems.  Lower molecular weight PAHs are generally
    transformed much more quickly and are more water soluble than higher molecular weight PAHs.
    The less degradable, higher molecular weight compounds have been classified as carcinogenic.
    Other factors affect PAH persistence such as insufficient bacterial membrane permeability, lack of
    enzyme specificity, and insufficient aerobic conditions.  PAHs may also undergo significant
    interactions with soil organic matter.
    The following is a list of common PAHs:

           Acenaphthene
           Acenaphthylene
           Anthracene
           Benzo(a)anthracene
           Benzo(a)pyrene
           Benzo(b)fluoranthene
           Benzo(k)fluoranthene
           Chrysene
           Fluoranthene
           Fluorene
           Indeno(l ,2,3-cd)pyrene
           2-Methylnaphthalene
           Naphthalene
           Phenanthrene
           Pyrene
    2.4.6  Pesticides                                                   (

    Pesticides are substances or mixtures that are intended to prevent, destroy, repel, or mitigate any
    pest. In addition, this category includes any substance or mixture intended for use as a plant
    regulator, defoliant, or desiccant.  As a group, pesticides have the same properties and behaviors
    of VOCs.  Contaminant flow occurs through the same mechanisms as described for VOCs.

    The term pesticide is applied to literally thousands of different,  specific chemical-end products.
    Pesticides include insecticides, fungicides, herbicides, acaricides, nematodicides, and rodenticides.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-16
First Edition

-------
    There are several commonly used classification criteria that can be used to group pesticides for
    purposes of discussion.  Conventional methods of classifying pesticides base categorization on the
    applicability of a substance or product to the type of pest control desired. (For example, DDT was
    used typically as an insecticide.)
    The following is a list of common pesticides:

           Aldrin
           BHC-alpha
           BHC-beta
           BHC-delta
           BHC-gamma
           Chlordane
           4,4'-DDD
           4,4'-DDE
           4,4'-DDT
           Dieldrin
           Endosulfan I
           Endosulfan II
           Endosulfan sulfate
           Endrin
           Endrin aldehyde
           Ethion
           Ethyl parathion
           Heptachlor
           Heptachlor epoxide
           Malathion
           Methylparathion
           Parathion
           Toxaphene
    2-.4.71 Metals/'  * c    -<  - /  ,*";   ,-  *? -  *%^'.\;tV "?!'.   ,'" '. ! :'!' "'•>"  -'.  „?

    Unlike the hazardous organic constituents listed above, metals cannot be degraded or readily
    detoxified. The fate of the metal depends on its physical and chemical properties, the associated
    waste matrix, and the soil.  Significant downward transportation of metals from the soil surface
    occurs when the metal retention  capacity of the soil is overloaded, or when metals are solubilized
    (such as by low pH). As the concentration of metals exceeds the ability of the soil to retain them,
    the metals will  travel downward with the leaching waters.  Surface transport through dust and
    erosion of soils are also common transport mechanisms.
    The following is a list of common metals:

           Aluminum
           Antimony
           Arsenic*
           Barium
           Beryllium
           Bismuth
           Boron
           Cadmium
           Calcium
           Chromium
           Cobalt
           Copper
           Iron
           Lead
           Magnesium
           Manganese
           Mercury
           Metallic cyanides
           Nickel
           Potassium
           Selenium
           Silver
           Sodium
           Thallium
           Tin
           Titanium
           Vanadium
           Zinc
    * Although arsenic is not a true metal, it is included here because it is classified as one of eight metals in the Resource Conservation
    and Recovery Act (RCRA).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-17
First Edition

-------
    2.4.S  Radionuclides

    A radionuclide is a radioactive element characterized according to its atomic mass and atomic
    number which can be man-made or naturally occurring.  Radionuclides can have a long life as soil
    or water pollutants and are believed to have potentially mutagenic or carcinogenic effects on the
    human body.  Like metals, the contaminants of concern are typically nonvolatile and less soluble
    in water than some other contaminants.  However, the solubility and volatility of individual
    radionuclides will vary.
    The following is a list of common radionuclides:

           Americium-241
           Cesium-134, -137
           Cobalt-60
           Europium-152, -154, -155
           Plutonium-238, -239

    2.4.9  Inorganics
           Radium-224, -226
           Strontium-90
           Technetium-99
           Thorium-228, -230, -232
           Uranium-234, -235, -238
    An inorganic compound generally does not contain carbon atoms, tends to be more soluble in
    water, and tends to react on an ionic rather than on a molecular basis.

    The following is a list of common inorganics:

           Asbestos
           Cyanide
           Fluorine
    2.4.10 Explosives

    The term "explosive " is commonly used to refer to propellants, explosives, and pyrotechnics
    (PEP), which technically fall into the more general category of energetic materials.  These
    materials are susceptible to initiation, or self-sustained energy release, when present in sufficient
    quantities and exposed to stimuli such as heat, shock, friction, chemical incompatibility, or
    electrostatic discharge.

    Work, sampling, and health and safety plans for explosives waste sites should incorporate safety
    provisions that normally would not be included in work and sampling plans for other sites.  The
    most important safety precaution is to minimize exposure, which involves minimizing the number
    of workers exposed to hazardous situations, the duration of exposure, and the degree of hazard.
    The following is a list of common explosives:

           Trinitrobenzenes (TNB)
           Dintrobenzenes (DNB)
           2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)
           2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)
                  Ammonium perchlorate (AP)
                  Nitroglycerine
                  Nitrocellulose
                  Nitroaromatics
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-18
                                      First Edition

-------
           Picrates
           2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)
           Hexahydro-l,3,5-trinitro-l,3,5-triazine (RDX)
           Octahydro-l,3,5,7-tetranitro-l,3,5,7-tetraocine
           (HMX)
           2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl methylnitramirie (Tetryl) ,

    2.4.11 TPHs  ^  ~ - '< \    -?--•,     - ,   ,       *  f  '  >_          -   -  w    ,_

    TPH refers to a measure of concentration or mass of petroleum hydrocarbon constituents present
    in a given sample of soil, water, or air.  As a group, TPHs have the same properties and behavior
    as VOCs. Contaminant flow occurs through the same mechanisms as described for VOCs.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
2-19
First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix              2-20
First Edition

-------
       ACCESS TOOLS
       3.1     DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS

              3.1.1   Hollow-Stem Auger	  3-3
              3.1.2   Direct Mud Rotary	  3-5
              3.1.3   Directional Drilling	  3-7
              3.1.4   Solid Flight and Bucket Augers  	  3-9
              3.1.5   Jetting Methods	3-11
              3.1.6   Sonic Drilling  	3-13

       3.2     DRILLING METHODS - CONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS

              3.2.1   Direct Air Rotary with Rotary Bit/Downhole Hammer	3-15
              3.2.2   Cable Tool	3-17
              3.2.3   Rotary Diamond Drilling	3-19

       3.3     DRIVE METHODS

              3.3.1   Cone Penetrometer	 3-21
              3.3.2   Direct Push Sampler	3-23

       3,4     SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS

              3.4.1   Driven Wells	3-25
              3.4.2   Single Riser/Limited Interval Wells	3-27
              3.4.3   Nested Wells/Single Borehole	3-29
              3.4.4   Nested Wells/Multiple Boreholes	3-31

       3.5     PORTABLE IN-SITU GROUND WATER SAMPLERS/SENSORS

              3.5.1   Direct Drive Samplers	3-33
              3.5.2   Passive Multilayer Samplers  	3-35

       3.6     FIXED IN-SITU SAMPLERS .

              3.6.1   Multilevel Capsule Samplers  	3-36
              3.6.2   Multiple-Port Casings	3-37
              3.6.3   Passive Multilayer Samplers	 3-39

       3.7     DESTRUCTIVE SAMPLING METHODS

              3.7.1   Coring and Extraction  .	3-40
              3.7.2   Temporary Installations	3-42
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-1
First Edition

-------
                                       This page is intentionally blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           3-2
First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS
3.1    DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS
3.1.1  Hollow-Stem Auger                 ,,          ,-,•-.

Use:   Most commonly used method for well installation in unconsolidated materials. Rigs are capable
       of reaching most sites and a wide variety of sampling or measurement instruments can be utilized.

Description:

The hollow-stem auger column rotates as it drills into the ground and is designed to push soil up and out
of the borehole along the outside of the auger. The auger itself is driven either mechanically or by a
hydraulically-powered drill rig.  A plug is placed through the auger to prevent soil from rising through the
hollow portion of the stem. Samples are retrieved by retracting the plug and lowering the sample
collection tube (see Tubes) through the auger. Casings and screens for access holes can be placed in the
hollow stem to prevent the borehole wall from collapsing and to ensure discrete interval samples.
Casings can also be used to isolate near-surface contamination while drilling continues using a smaller
diameter  auger.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SYOCs
Media:
     Soil:
     MINIMUM
5.  PAHs
6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
7.  Metals
8.  Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MODERATE
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Hollow-stem augers allow for a variety of soil core sampling methods. This method does not require the
use of drilling fluids or lubricants and allows for the installation of casings and screens prior to removal
of the auger, ensuring minimum impact on soil samples. Formation waters can be sampled during drilling
by using a screened lead auger or advancing a well point ahead of the auger. However, there is a
potential for vertical mixing of formation water and geologic materials (see limitations).
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time. Setup time is relatively
quick.

Large volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-3
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  Certification/Verification:
 Relative Cost per Sample:
          Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
          and/or CSCT verification program.

          Mid-range expense. Usually less expensive than rotary or cable drilling
          (complete kits range from $2,500 to $3,000). The following cost
          guidance is provided for samples to a 100-foot depth:
                                    2 inch spoon sample:
                                    3 inch spoon sample:
                                     $10-$15/sample
                                     .$25-$35/sample
 Limitations:
 •   Can not be used in consolidated formations.
 •   Potential loss of volatile compounds.
 •   May be difficult to seal the annular space between the well casing and the formation to prevent
     contaminants from moving upward or downward to.uncontaminated areas. Improper selection and
     placement of annular seal materials can result in chemistry alteration of ground water samples,
     plugging of the filter pack and/or well screen, and cross-contamination between water-bearing units
     that have not been adequately isolated.
 •   Pressure equalization of water-bearing sands or silts and "flowing" or "heaving" of these fluid-like
     materials into the hollow-stem auger column can be a problem requiring use of fluid in the hollow
     auger to equalize the pressure head and keep the intrusive fluid-like materials from entering the
     hollow auger.
 •   Soil samples collected from auger flight are "disturbed" making it difficult to determine the precise
     depth of sample.
 •   Difficult drilling in extremely dry, fine materials.
 •   Hollow-stem auger drilling is difficult in saturated soils and soils containing very coarse gravels,
     cobbles, or boulders.
 ASTM Standards:
    D5784-95
Guide for Use of Hollow-Stem Augers for Geoenvironmental Exploration and the
Installation of Subsurface Water-Quality Monitoring Devices
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                          3-4
                                                                  First Edition

-------
3       ACCESS TOOLS
3.1     DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSQLIDATED FORMATIONS
              Mud Rotary    ,      ^                   ,  „    -                               \

Use:   Monitoring well installation in moderately deep to deep holes where contamination by drilling
       fluids is not a concern.  Technique provides a very flexible and rapid drilling method for a
       wide range of borehole diameters in consolidated and unconsolidated materials.

Description:

Direct mud rotary drilling uses a rotating drill pipe with a hard-tooled drill bit attached at the bottom.
Fluid is forced down through the drill pipe and then back up the borehole.  It is then discharged at the
surface through a pipe or ditch into a sedimentation tank, pond, or pit. As the cuttings settle in the
pond, the fluid overflows into a suction pit, where a pump recirculates the fluid back through the drill
rods.  The drilling fluid serves to: (1) cool and lubricate the bit, (2) stabilize the borehole wall,  and (3)
prevent the inflow of formation fluids,  thus minimizing cross contamination of aquifers. Casing is not
required during drilling.  When unconsolidated materials overlie a bedrock aquifer, mud rotary can be
used to drill the bedrock, the hole can be cased, and a less intrusive drilling method (such as air
rotary) can be used to complete the well.

Reverse circulation rotary drilling is a variant of the mud rotary method in which drilling fluid  flows
from the mud pit down the borehole outside the drill rods and passes upward through the bit. Cuttings
are carried into the drill rods and discharged back into the mud pit.  Equipment is similar to direct
mud rotary except that most pieces of equipment are  larger.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

     Soil:
     MODERATE
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MAXIMUM
       9.  Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Samples can be obtained directly from the circulated fluid by placing a sample collection device, such
as a shale shaker, in the discharge flow before the settling pit. For more accurate sampling, the flow
of drilling fluid can be interrupted and a split-spoon, thin-wall, or consolidated core sampler inserted
down the drilling rod with the sample taken ahead of the bit.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-5
                               First Edition

-------
 Maximum Depth:



 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:



 Limitations:
          500 feet is the usual limit, but greater depths are possible depending
          on the borehole diameter, mud pump capacity, and ability to maintain
          circulation.

          Sample is available after a short amount of time.
          Large volume of waste.

          Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

          Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
          verification program.

          Mid-range expense. Increases with difficult drilling consolidated and
          clay layers. An experienced driller is required along with additional
          equipment.
    Not to be used for monitoring well installation if drilling fluid contamination is a concern.
    Collection of representative samples is difficult due to mixing of drill cuttings and sample lag time
    in deeper holes, unless split-spoon or thin-wall samplers are used in unconsolidated material or
    core bits are used in consolidated rock.
    Generally not suited for use in fractured, cavernous, and very coarse material due to loss of
    drilling fluid.
    Washout zones might develop in weaker formations.
    Expensive, requires experienced driller and additional specialized equipment.
    Completed well may be difficult to develop because of mud or filter-cake on wall of borehole.
    Location of water bearing zone during drilling can be difficult to detect.
    Difficult drilling in boulders and cobbles.
    Presence of drilling mud can contaminate the water samples.
    Overburden casing usually required.
    Circulation of drilling fluids through a contaminated zone can create a hazard at the ground
    surface and cross-contaminate clean zones.
ASTM Standards:
    D 5783 - 95
Guide for Use ofDirect Rotary Drilling with Water-Based Drilling Fluid for
Geoenvironmental Exploration and Installation of Subsurface  Water-Quality
Monitoring Devices
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                          3-6
                                                                 First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.1    DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS	

 3.1.3   Directional Drilling                                       •      „

 Use:   This technology has the potential to offer borehole access to subsurface areas beneath
        buildings, tanks, landfills, and impoundments where vertical drill rigs can not reach.

 Description:

 Directional drilling involves use of equipment located at the ground surface designed to drill slanted or
 horizontal holes into the subsurface.  Test applications have focused primarily on remedial activities,
 but the potential exists for use during characterization and monitoring activities.   All directional
 drilling systems require: (1) a steerable drill stem, and (2) the capability to detect the location of the
 drill head or trajectory of the borehole.  Directional drilling equipment ranges in  size from scaled
 down rigs developed for the oil industry to relatively compact, simple equipment used to install
 utilities.
Analytes:

1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3.  Halogenated VOCs
4.  Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

     Soil:
     MODERATE
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MODERATE
        9.  Inorganics
        10. Explosives
        11. TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Equipment that uses water or other fluids to advance the well bore might affect quality of samples.
                                                                                             t
Maximum Depth:            Up to 100 feet.  Utility rigs, although less expensive than petroleum
                             rigs, have limited depth capabilities (around 20 feet compared to 300
                             feet) due to locating methods. New locators that send signals up the
                             drill steel are expected to expand the depth capabilities of smaller rigs.
Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Large volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-7
                                                        First Edition

-------
 Relative Cost per Sample:    Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   There has been little actual experience using directional drilling methods for the purpose of site
     characterization and monitoring.  Major technical challenges include: (1) steering control in a
     variety of formations; (2) position sensing; (3) bore head design, and (4) increasing depth
     capability while maintaining affordability.

 EPA Guidance:

 EPA 625/R-94/003     Alternative Methods for Fluid Delivery and Recovery
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-8
                                        First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.1     DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS
                     and Bucket Augers       '     "

Use:    Solid flight augers are commonly used for site characterization in unconsolidated material. They
        are less common during monitoring well installation where penetration into the saturated zone is
        generally necessary.  Bucket type augers are better for direct sample recovery since they provide
        a large volume of samples in a short time.  This method is generally more appropriate for the
        construction of wells in unconsolidated formations that will form stable borehole walls such as
        clays.

Description:

Auger sections with a solid stem and flighting (corkscrew-like blades) are connected in a continuous
string to the lowest section with a cutting head that is approximately 2 inches larger in diameter than the
flighting. Cuttings are rotated upward to the surface by moving along the flighting as the cutting head
advances into the ground. Bucket augers (8 inches in diameter and typically 2 feet long) have a cutting
edge on the bottom that is slowly rotated by a square telescoping drill stem. When the  bucket fills with
cuttings, it is brought to the surface to be emptied.

Augers can be hand held or power driven.  Solid flight and bucket augers are generally operated in
conjunction with a drill rig. Traditional hand-held augers are identified in Section 4.1.2
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MAXIMUM
        9. Inorganics
        10. Explosives
        ll.TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Soil samples using solid flight augers are unreliable unless split-spoon or thin-wall samples are taken and
drilling speed is slowed. Soil samples taken with a bucket auger are disturbed, but representative unless
caving of the borehole has occurred.

In stable soils, rotation can be stopped at the desired depth, the auger removed from the borehole, and
samples taken from the bottom flight. Recovery of samples from the saturated zone is difficult. The only
way to collect undisturbed samples is to remove the auger string, attach a split-spoon or thin-wall sampler
to the end of the drill rod, and put the entire string back into the borehole.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-9
                               First Edition

-------
                               Solid flight augers: depth generally restricted to 30 feet or less.  Bucket
                               augers: restricted to depths of 50 feet or less.

                               Sample is available after a short amount of time. A depth of 15 to 20 feet
                               should take 25 to 45 minutes.
                               Large volume of waste.

                               Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

                               Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
                               and/or CSCT verification program.

                               Mid-range expense.  Purchase price for a flighted auger kit ranges from
                               $2,750 to $3,000.
Maximum Depth:


Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:


Limitations:

Solid flight augers:

•   Generally unsuitable for monitoring well installation in the saturated zone because of borehole caving
    upon auger removal.
•   Depth to water table might be difficult to determine accurately in deep borings.
•   Drilling through contaminated soil could result in downward transport of contaminants.
•   Soil samples returned by auger flight are "disturbed" making it difficult to determine the precise
    depth of the sample. Auger samples returned after drilling below the water table are not reliable
    because of the upward vertical mixing of borehole fluid and augered cuttings can occur.
•   Borehole can be smeared by previously drilled clay.
•   Borings limited to drilling to relatively shallow depths in normal soils or soft rock.
•   Difficult drilling in saturated soils and soils containing very coarse gravel, cobbles, or boulders.
•   Difficult drilling in extremely dry, fine materials.

Bucket augers:

•   Large diameter holes create a large annular space when small-diameter casing is used, necessitating a
    large volume of grout and backfilling.
•   In installations below the water table, water must be added continuously to prevent caving.
ASTM Standards:

D 1452-80 (1995)
                       Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                               3-10
First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.1    DRILLING FORMATIONS -UNCQNSQLIDATED FORMATIONS

 3.1.5   Jetting Methods '•,-...; ., •:•;•   -\.,-   .  - V^  •: ..,.>. /-^.':':^..   ::;;;-;,..,„. "l..-;^ .-=.. •'--.-..'

 Use:   Jetting methods have potential use for monitoring well and piezometer installation in
        unconsolidated formations.
 Description:

 The jetting method utilizes either a wash pipe placed inside a well screen or a string of 2-inch pipe set
 adjacent to the well point.  Water is pumped into the casing or into the pipe string allowing the well
 screen and casing to sink into the formation by its own weight. Cuttings are brought to the surface by
 water rising outside the casing or jet pipe.  At depths below 25 feet, a drilling fluid additive must be
 mixed with the jetting water to suspend cuttings and stabilize the borehole when circulation is
 interrupted.

 The jet percussion method uses a wedge-shaped drill bit at the end of the drill pipe attached to a cable,
 which is alternately raised and dropped to loosen unconsolidated material or the breakup rock at the
 bottom of a borehole.  The drill pipe is rotated by hand at the surface.  A casing is advanced by a
 drive pipe as the depth of the hole increases. Water or drilling fluid is pumped down the drill pipe
 under pressure and discharged through ports on each side of the drill  bit for lubrication.  The water
 also carries cuttings up the borehole between the drill pipe and casing to the surface where they are
 deposited in a settling pipe.  The drilling fluid is then recirculated back down the drill pipe.
Analytes:

2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
4.  Halogenated SVOCs        7.  Metals
5.  PAHs                     8.  Radionuclides
                                 10. Explosives
                                 11. TPHs
Media:
     Soil:
     MAXIMUM
Ground Water:
MAXIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Use of water or drilling fluid during this process might affect sample quality.
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:
Normally used up to 100 feet. Maximum depth of 100 to 150 feet
using specialized equipment.  Jet percussion can reach a depth of 200
feet.

Sample is available quickly.  Comparatively fast method for shallow
boreholes in unconsolidated sediments. Operational speed slows as"
depth increases.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-11
                                                        First Edition

-------
              Investigation Derived
              Waste Volume:

              Technology Status:

              Certification /Verification:


              Relative Cost per Sample:


              Limitations:
Large volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.

Least expensive. Comparatively inexpensive to other open hole
methods.
              •   Can not penetrate boulders or coarse gravel.
              •   Wash water must be supplied under enough pressure to penetrate borehole materials (a large
                 volume of water is generally required).
              •   The use of water can affect ground-water quality.
              •   The number of sampling tools that can be used is restricted due to the limited casing diameter
                 (usually 2 inches).
              •   Difficult to interpret sequence of geologic materials from cuttings.
              •   Borehole can collapse before setting monitoring well if borehole  is uncased.
              •   Decreasing drilling rate with increasing depth.

              ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

              No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are  cited for this technology.
_
             Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-12
First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.1    DRILLING METHODS - UNCONSOLBPATED FORMATIONS	

 3.1.6  Sonic Drilling    „   '*  -   -  - ,v% :•"'",„.- ^T> i, ^ ^%  '\ , ^ "  . „

 Use:   Sonic drilling is used for continuous sampling and monitoring well installation in
        unconsolidated and soft/fractured bedrock. The primary benefits of this technology are that
        very rapid drilling rates are possible combined with reduced volumes of secondary waste.
        Recent improvements in equipment design should lead to increased use in the future.

 Description:

 A sonic rig uses an oscillator  or head with eccentric weights driven by hydraulic  motors to generate
 high sinusoidal force in a rotating pipe drill.  The frequency of vibration (generally between 50 and
 120 cycles per second) of the drill bit or core barrel can be varied to allow optimum penetration of
 subsurface materials.  A dual  string assembly allows advancement of casing with the inner casing used
 to collect samples. Small amounts  of air and water can be used to remove the material between the
 inner and outer casing. When a drill bit is used, most of the cuttings are forced into the borehole
 wall. A thin-wall or split-spoon sampler can be used to contain continuous samples.  Sonic drilling is
 also referred to as vibratory drilling and rotosonic drilling.
 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 4.  Halogenated SVOCs

 Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM
 5.  PAHs
 6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
 7.  Metals
 8.  Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MODERATE
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Collection of continuous, relatively undisturbed unconsolidated and bedrock cores possible.

Maximum Depth:            100 feet plus.
Production Rate:
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:
Sample is available quickly.  Higher drilling rates than conventional
methods (around twice as fast as air rotary and 8 to 10 times faster
than hollow-stem auger and cable tool).  This method is slower than
mud rotary, but does not generate significant quantities of waste to be
disposed of when working in a contaminated environment.


Small volume of waste. Produces about one-tenth the cuttings of a
hollow-stem auger or cable tool.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-13
                                                      First Edition

-------
Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Most expensive. Higher operation, maintenance, and tooling costs
                             compared to conventional drilling methods.

Limitations:

•   Driving of material into borehole wall when using a drill bit might create problems for logging,
    aquifer testing, and may affect monitoring well filter pack.
•   Depending on conditions, may be more expensive than conventional drilling methods.
•   Rock drilling requires the addition of water and/or air to remove drill cuttings.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-14
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 Use:
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.2    DRILLING METHODS - CONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS	

        Burfect Air Rotary with Rotary Bit/Down Hole Hammer

        Direct air rotary is frequently used when monitoring wells must be installed in consolidated
        material. Direct air rotary drilling should be given strong consideration for all situations
        involving consolidated rock and large diameter wells deeper than 15 feet in unsaturated,
        unconsolidated material where contamination by drilling fluid is not allowed.

Description:

Air rotary drilling differs from the cable tool method in that it relies on a sharp bit to literally drill
through earth and rock layers. A system of cables, engines,  support mechanisms, lubricating devices,
and pulleys control the rotation of the bit below the surface, keep the bit lubricated, and bring debris'
out of the borehole.

The basic rig setup for air rotary with a tri-cone or roller-cone bit is  similar to direct mud rotary,
except the circulation medium is air instead of water or drilling mud.  Compressed air is circulated
down through the drill rods to cool the bit and then carries cuttings backup the borehole (minimum 6-
inch diameter hole required) to the surface. A cyclone separator is used to slow the air velocity and
allow the cuttings to fall into a container.  Several different bits might be used on a single borehole
when  drilling deep through different layers of rock.  A larger diameter bit is generally used at the start
of the drilling process with progressively  smaller bits used to finish the hole. Use of a downhole
hammer in place of a roller-cone bit provides better penetration in hard geologic  formations.
 Analytes:

 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
 4.  Halogenated SVOCs       7. Metals
 5.  PAHs                     8. Radionuclides
                                                               10.  Explosives
                                                               11.  TPHs
 Media:
     Soil:
     MINIMUM
                             Ground Water:
                             MODERATE
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
No drilling fluid is used, minimizing contamination of formation water. Well suited for highly fractured
or cavernous rock because loss of drilling fluid is not a problem. Oil contamination might result from the
air compressor if air filters are not operating properly. In dry formations, the cuttings are very fine-
grained and a small amount of water and/or foaming surfactant can be added to increase the size of
fragments discharged to the surface, allowing good characterization of the surface. However, surfactant
foams might react with formation water and affect representativeness of ground water samples. Air can
modify chemical and biological conditions in an aquifer.

Major water-bearing zones can be  identified when formation water is blown out of the hole along with
cuttings.  Yields of strong water-producing zones can be estimated with relatively short interruption of
drilling.  Field  analysis of water blown from the hole can provide information on some basic water
quality parameters.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                              3-15
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
Maximum Depth:



Production Rate:



Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:
         100 feet plus.  Depth is limited only by the capacity of the air
         compressor to deliver enough air down the hole to maintain
         circulation.

         Sample is available after a short amount of time. Drilling is fast and
         can be used for both consolidated and unconsolidated formations, but
         is best suited for consolidated rock.
         Large volume of waste.

         Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

         Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
         and/or CSCT verification program.

         Mid-range expense.  Might not be economical for small jobs.  The
         decision to change bits takes time and requires extra equipment to
         remove the entire drill pipe  and bit, and then to reassemble it using a
         different bit.
Limitations:
    Casing is required to keep the hole open when drilling in soft formations below the water table
    (may not be suitable for certain soft, caving formations).
    If hydrostatic pressures of water-bearing zones are different, cross-contamination might occur
    between the time drilling is completed and when the well casing is placed and grouted.
    Cuttings and water blown from the hole can pose a hazard  to the crew and the surrounding
    environment if toxic compounds are encountered.
    Organic foam additives to aid cuttings removal may contaminate samples.
    Air compressor discharge may contain hydrocarbons.
    Down-the-Hole hammer drilling can cause hydraulic fracturing of the borehole wall.
    Down-the-Hole hammer requires lubrication during drilling.
ASTM Standards:
    D 5782 - 95
Guide for Use of Direct Air-Rotary Drilling for Geoenvironmental Exploration
and Installation of Subsurface Water-Quality Monitoring Devices
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                         3-16
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
 3       ACCESS TOOLS

 3.2     DRILLING METHODS - CONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS

 3.2.2.  Cable Tool     '    «  -.  -  / >          i      t   \ l',,,'^            -      , -  •.,        «

 Use:    Cable tool drilling is  well suited for areas contaminated by hazardous substances because it
         does not use any circulation fluids which could spread contamination.  Auger drilling and
         sonic drilling are the  only other drilling methods which do not use circulation fluids.  Of these
         two, only sonic drilling has demonstrated the ability to contain contaminants as effectively as
         the cable tool.

 Description:

 There are primarily two types of cable tool drilling methods utilized in the field:

         (1) Hard tooling (percussion drilling) is best used below the water table in areas where
            unsaturated zone soils become consolidated.

        (2) Drive barrel (dry  drilling) techniques are appropriate for relatively dry, unconsolidated
            soils such as sand and gravel often found in  the unsaturated zone (the soil above the water
            table).

 Cable tool drilling rigs operate by repeatedly lifting and dropping a heavy string of drilling tools
 attached to a cable into the borehole.  The drilling string of a the cable tool consists of five
 components: (1) consolidated  rock is broken or crushed into small fragments and unconsolidated
 material is loosened by the drill bit or shoe;  (2) the drilling stem connects the drill  bit to the drilling
jars; (3) the drilling jars are used to vibrate the drill bit free of the formation; (4) the swivel or rope
 socket connects the remaining drill tools to the cable; and (5) the cable is strung over a pulley on the
 mast to the drill motor.

 Hard tooling is the most common form of cable tool drilling and can be used in any formation
 including basalt.  The percussive action (producing a noise level of 53-115 db) of the drill bit crushes
the formation.  This is accomplished by attaching the cable to an eccentric walking or spudding beam
that also serves to mix the crushed or loosened particles with water (generally 10 to 20 gallons if no
water  is present in the formation) to form slurry .at the bottom of the borehole. Periodically, the
drilling string is removed and the slurry is removed by a sand pump or bailer.  The drive barrel
method utilizes the cable tool  rig to drive the drill casing into the soil. The soil is pushed inside of
the casing and then collected in a split-spoon sampler or core barrel.
Analytes:

2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
4. Halogenated SVOCs       7. Metals
5. PAHs                     8. Radionuclides
                 10.  Explosives
                 11.  TPHs
Field Sampling arid Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-17
                                        First Edition

-------
Media:
     Soil:
     MINIMUM
Ground Water:
MODERATE
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
A screen must be set before a water sample can be taken for most conditions.  Samples obtained using
hard tooling are low in quality because liquids are added and because the cuttings are pulverized.  In
addition, since water has flushed the sample, identification of  contaminants could be difficult.
Sample quality using the drive barrel technique is far superior to that of the hard tooling method
because no water is added to the borehole.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:
100 feet plus.

Sample is available after an extended wait.  Drilling rates range from
1.5 to 2.5 feet per hour for bedrock and dense tills, 2.3 to 3.3 feet per
hour for gravel and tills, and 3.5 to 4.5 feet per hour for silts, clays,
and sands.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.

Mid-range expense. Drilling costs will be higher for hard tooling as
heavy wall or large diameter casing might be required.  Rigs are
simple in design and are easily maintained.  Operation can be executed
by one person. Cable tool rigs have lower operating and capital costs
when compared to air rotary drilling.
Limitations:
•   Relatively large diameter casings are required for hard tooling (minimum 4-inch casing).
•   Heavy steel pipe often used to keep hole open during hard tooling process could be subject to
    corrosion under adverse contaminant conditions and can limit accessibility.
•   Heaving of material from the bottom of the casing upward might require special measures.
•   Decontamination of equipment can be difficult.

ASTM Standards:

D 5875 - 95   Use of Cable-Tool Drilling and Sampling Methods for Geoenvironmental Exploration
              and Installation of Subsurface Water-Quality Monitoring Devices
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-18
                              First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.2    DRILLING METHODS - CONSOLIDATED FORMATIONS	

 3,.2.3,,  Rqtary Diamond Drilling     "  ,,    '

 Use:    Rotary diamond drilling is used for borehole drilling and coring in consolidated rock.

 Description:

 This method uses a rotating bit consisting of a tube 10 to 26 feet long, with a diamond-studded ring
 fitted to the end of the core barrel.  Water is circulated through the bit to cool the cutting surface.
 The diamond bit cuts through rock, with a solid core remaining in the tube.
Analytes:

2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
4. Halogenated SVOCs       7.  Metals
5. PAHs                    8.  Radionuclides
                                10. Explosives
                                11. TPHs
Media:
     MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Ground Water:
MODERATE
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
100 feet plus.

Sample is available after an extended wait.


Large volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Most expensive.
    Limited to use primarily in consolidated bedrock, but can be used in highly compacted tills.
    Diamond bits are more expensive than conventional roller bits.
    Requires experienced driller and additional specialized equipment.
    Completed monitoring well may be difficult to develop, especially small diameter wells, because
    of mud or filter cake on wall of the borehole.
    Lubricants used during drilling can contaminate the borehole fluid  and soil samples.
    Location of water-bearing zones during drilling can be difficult to  detect.
    Difficult drilling in formations that contain boulders and cobbles.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-19
                             First Edition

-------
•   Use of drilling mud can contaminate water samples, especially the organic, biodegradable muds.
•   Circulation of drilling fluid through a contaminated zone can contaminate clean zones and create a
    hazard at the ground surface at the mud pit.

ASTM Standards:

D 2113 - 83   Method for Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation
D 5783 - 95   Guide for the Use of Direct Rotary Drilling with Water-Based Drilling Fluid for
               Geoenvironmental Exploration and the Installation of Subsurface Water Quality
               Monitoring Devices.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-20
First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS
3.3    DRIVE METHODS
3.3.1  Cone Penetwnjieter         ,      ,                   „                          .

Use:   The cone penetrometer is a truck-mounted device that rapidly penetrates the ground to collect
       samples. It has been used approximately 50 years for geotechnical applications, but its use in
       site characterization is relatively new.

Description:

Utilization of the cone penetrometer has been the focus of both industry and government agencies
which have advanced the technology for the following reasons:

       •   Provides continuous, subsurface,  screening-quality data (physical, electrical, and chemical
           measurements).
       •   Minimizes disturbance to the subsurface, as no drilling fluids are used and hole diameters
           are quite small (1 to 2 inches).
       •   Offers real-time data analysis so that push locations can be selected based upon the results
           of holes already pushed.
       •   Can be adapted for new sensors to measure various types of chemical contaminants and
           other physical characteristics of the subsurface.
       •   Can be used to install piezometers for soil vapor and ground water measurements.

The cone penetrometer typically consists of: (1) an enclosed 20- to 40-ton truck equipped with vertical
hydraulic rams that are used to force a sensor probe into the ground, (2) a data acquisition, processing,
and data storage computer system, and (3) electronic signal processing equipment.  The cone
penetrometer rod has a conical tip of up to 2 inches in diameter.  It is pushed hydraulically into the
ground with a maximum pressure of 80,000 pounds.  As the rod progresses into the ground, a
computer reads data from sensors located in both the tip and the side of the probe.  The cone
penetrometer can monitor for contaminants as the probe is advanced or can leave monitors in place as
the rod is withdrawn.  A variety of instruments can be used with the probe to make in-situ
measurements.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
       9.  Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 3-21
                               First Edition

-------
 This technology works most efficiently in soft soils as its reliability begins to decline in gravels.
 When instrumented for pore pressure measurements, subsurface hydraulic characteristics can be
 measured (pressure head, soil permeability, and water bearing zones), and sampling cones allow in-situ
 sampling of liquids and gasses.
 Maximum Depth:

 Production Rate:
 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:
 Up to 100 feet.

 Sample is available quickly.  Penetration rates can be as high as 180 to
 300 feet per hour, but are typically 40 to 50 feet per hour through
 fine-grained soils. However, adapting this tool for full use in the
 gravel and cobble subsurface common to arid sites will require
 upgrading the thrusting capacity of the truck, reinforcing tools
 associated with the penetrometer to withstand the additional force, and
 evaluating the use of vibration to facilitate penetration through gravel.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.

Mid-range expense.  Operational costs are typically $3,000 per day.
Operators need a minimum of two years experience on the system and
experience in electronics and hydraulics.  In addition, a strict
maintenance schedule is required to keep the hydraulic  system
operable.  Cone penetrometers can reduce long-term costs by limiting
the amount of drilling required.
Limitations:
•   Can not be used at all sites (due to different rock formations); however, recent advances in
    technology have expanded the number of sites for which the technology is applicable.
•   Not applicable in consolidated formations.

ASTM Standards:

D 3441 - 95    Test Methods for In-situ Cone Penetration Test of Soils
D 5778        Test Methods for Performing Electronic Friction Cone and Piezocone Penetration
               Testing of Soils
D 6067        Guide for Using the Electronic Cone Penetrometer for Environmental Site
               Characterization
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-22
                                                        First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS
 3.3     DRIVE METHODS
33.2   Direct Push Sampler                                                  ,

Use:    Direct push is a relatively new technology that has gained rapid acceptance as a preliminary
        reconnaissance method. This method is used to collect representative ground water samples in
        unconsolidated material without having to install permanent ground water monitoring wells.

Description:

Direct push sampling involves pushing a small-diameter hollow steel rod into the ground to a selected
depth and extracting a small water sample, and can be used in most materials that can be augered or
sampled with a split spoon.  It can be attached to cone penetrometer rods and driven into the soil with
hydraulic rams.  When the bottom of the probe is at least 5 feet below the water table, the outer
cylinder is pulled back, exposing a perforated stainless steel sample entry barrel covered with either a
nylon or polyethylene filter material.  Hydrostatic pressure forces ground water that is relatively free
of turbidity into  the sample compartment, and the probe is pulled to the surface to retrieve the sample.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

    'Soil:           '
     MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MODERATE
       9.  Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Up to 100 feet. If deeper measurements are desired, boreholes can be
drilled to the appropriate depth

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-23
                              First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •   Provides one-time sample only.
 •   Can not be used in very gravelly or consolidated formations.
 •   Samples must be taken 3 to 5 feet below the water surface, meaning the light nonaqueous phase
     liquid floating at the surface might be missed during sampling.
 •   Collection of samples in clayey zones requires excessive fill times (up to 2 hours), and filter mesh
     might allow significant uptake of fines in the sample.
 •   Small diameter well screen may be hard to develop.
 ASTM Standards:

 D 6001        Guide for Direct Push Water Sampling for Geoenvironmental Investigations.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-24
                                        First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS

3.4    SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS  	-.

3.4.1  Driven Wells         '   .    -L  ..  "    '  ,','     '       "  *  ""   : '  v   „- 1 "' %T

Use:   Driven wells are used for small-diameter shallow water quality monitoring wells in
       unconsolidated material. Water samples can be collected at closely spaced intervals during
       drilling.  This  method is commonly used for water level observations.

Description:

A screened well-point  attached to metal casing (usually 1.5 to 3 inches in diameter) is driven by hand
or by drive heads mounted on a hoisting device.  A variety of driven devices available for collection
of ground water samples are identified in Section 3.5.1
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPHs
Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
No drilling fluids are introduced to the formation.  Steel casing might affect quality of samples, and
there is no annular space for completion procedures.  A good seal between casing and formation can
only be expected if driving through loose, well sorted material that collapses around the well.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:
Up to 100 feet. Generally 30 to 50 feet.

Sample is available quickly.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Least expensive. Relatively low cost of installation allows for multiple
observation points.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-25
                              First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •   Limited to unconsolidated material without coarse fragments.
 •   Only small-diameter ground water sampling equipment can be used (2.5-inch diameter casing is
     usually the maximum).
 •   Drive point screen can become clogged in certain soils (such as clay).
 •   Most sampling devices are limited to relatively shallow depths.
 •   The wells yield relatively low rates of water.
 •   Small diameter well screen may be hard to develop.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 5092        Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.

 EPA Guidance:
 EPA 600/4-89/034
Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and installation of Ground-
Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                       3-26
                                                               First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS
3.4    SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS

                                                , .         -
Use:   Single riser/limited interval wells are suitable for any type of formation and generally easier to
       install, pack, and seal than multilevel installations.

Description:

A borehole is drilled to the desired depth in an aquifer, and a short to moderate length screen (usually
3 to 10 feet) is installed. This method of installation eliminates the potential for vertical cross-
contamination between sampling points due to leaky seals (a limitation of nested wells/single borehole
installations) and provides maximum flexibility regarding well diameter.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs    7.  Metals
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5.  PAHs                 8.  Radionuclides
                                               10.  Explosives
                                               11.  TPHs
3. Halogenated VOCs

Media:

     Soil:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:


Limitations:
6. Pesticides/Herbicides   9. Inorganics
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available quickly.


Large volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.  High cost per sampling point compared to
multilevel installations, especially at increased depths.
       Does not provide information on vertical distribution of contaminants.
       Contaminant plume might bypass wells with short screened intervals.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-27
                              First Edition

-------
 ASTM Standards:

 D 5092        Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.

 EPA Guidance:

 EPA 600/4-89/034     Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and installation of Ground-
                       Water Monitoring Wells.     t	
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          3-28
First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.4    SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS	

 3.4.3   Nested Wells/SingleTBorehoIe      >

 Use:   This method allows sampling for vertical distribution of ground water constituents.

 Description:

 Nested wells/single borehole installations consist of a cluster of single riser/limited interval wells that
 are installed at different depths in a single borehole.  Each screened interval is separated by a grout
 seal. The use of well casings can be eliminated by installing in-situ samplers or individual gas-
 drive/suction-lift samplers at different levels in a single borehole.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:



Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:
                             5.  PAHs
                             6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
                             7.  Metals
                             8.  Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
                                9. Inorganics
                                10. Explosives
                                ll.TPHs
                                                     Surface Water:
                                                     Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Up to 100 feet. Generally smaller diameters of individual wells in a
nest compared to single riser installations means that smaller volumes
of water must be removed for purging.

Sample is available after an extended wait.
Large volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense. Lower cost per sampling point than separate
single riser wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-29
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •   Installation, packing, and sealing is more difficult than for single level installations particularly as
    the number of wells in a borehole increases.
 •   Short-screened intervals must be separated by a grout seal that increases the possibility that small
    zones of contaminated water could be missed in heterogeneous materials.
ASTM Standards:

D 5092        Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.

EPA Guidance:

EPA 600/4-89/034     Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and installation of Ground-
                       Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix1
3-30
First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.4    SAMPLING INSTALLATIONS for PORTABLE SAMPLERS	

 3.4.4   Nested Wells/Multiple Boreholes       <  ,  -'"       ,>  >' "   *  ± ^  •<   *   7      *^

 Use:    Sampling for vertical distribution of ground water constituents.

 Description:

 A series of single riser/limited interval wells is installed at different depths in separate, closely spaced,
 or clustered boreholes. Screened intervals can be placed to  provide complete vertical coverage of the
 aquifer.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5.  PAHs
3. Halogenated VOCs        6.  Pesticides/Herbicides

Media:
                                1. Metals         10. Explosives
                                8. Radionuclides  11. TPHs
                                9. Inorganics
     Soil:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Up to 100 feet. Well diameter limited by drilling method used.

Sample is available after an extended wait.


Large volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.  Lower cost per sampling point than separate
                             single riser wells.  More expensive than nested wells in a single
                             borehole.

Limitations:

•   Short-screened intervals must be separated by a grout seal that increases the possibility that small
    zones of contaminated water could be missed in heterogeneous materials.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-31
                              First Edition

-------
 ASTM Standards:

 D 5092        Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.
 EPA Guidance:

 EPA 600/4-89/034
Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and Installation of Ground-
Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix         3-32
                                                               First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS

3.5     PORTABLE IN-SITU GROUND WATER SAMPLERS/SENSORS	

3.5.1   Direct Drive Samplers     ''           ".?..-»'                 «  ,1

Use:    A variety of direct drive samplers are available for shallow ground water monitoring. .
Description:

    Well point sampler:



    Multiple port well point sampler:
    DMLS:
    Hydraulic probe sampler:
    Hydrocarbon thickness probe:
Analytes:
Includes a screen, casing, and hardened point which is
driven into the soil. The well point is left in place to
function as a monitoring well.

A driveable well point, with multiple sampling ports
separated by a sand matrix and caulking, is driven into
the soil and a suction device is used to collect samples
from different ports.

Consists of a 4.4-centimeter OD screwed, flush-joint
steel casing, with sampling tubes on the inside of the
casing, which are attached by pressure fittings to
screened sampling ports at 25- to 38-centimeter intervals.
It is installed by augering to the top of the desired depth
of placement and driving the sampler to the desired
depth.  Water is pumped into the sampling tubes to keep
the ports from clogging while the casing is being
driven.  Once in place, the auger hole is backfilled and
sealed at the surface.

A 0.75- to 1-inch outer diameter hollow probe with
detachable drive points is hydraulically driven 2 feet
below the water table.  Ground water samples are taken
using tubing placed down the probe and a peristaltic
pump.

A hollow steel rod with a circuit in the tip to sense the
top of the water table is driven into the soil.  A
replaceable insert coated with indicator chemicals is
placed down the tube. A horizontal slot allows
petroleum products on the surface of the water table to
enter the tube and react with the insert.
1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs         7. Metals
4. Halogenated SVOCs       8. Radionuclide
                       9. Inorganics
                       10.  Explosives
                       11.  TPHs
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
       3-33
                                              First Edition

-------
  Media:
       Soil:
       Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
  Forcing probes into soils affects the soil density immediately adjacent to the well which could affect
  some downhole monitoring instruments.
.  Maximum Depth:

  Production Rate:

  Investigation Derived
  Waste Volume:

  Technology Status:

  Certification /Verification:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
  Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

  Limitations:

  •   Most devices are restricted to shallow depths.
  •   Except for well points, off-the-shelf availability is limited.
  •   Small screen diameter well screen may be hard to develop.
  •   The drive points yield relatively  low rates of water.

  ASTM Standards:

  D 6001        Guide for Direct Push Water Sampling for Geoenvironmental Investigations.
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-34
                                                       First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.5    PORTABLE IN-SITU GROUND WATER SAMPLERS/SENSORS	

 3.5.2   Passive Multilayer Samplers

 Use:    Sampling for vertical distribution of volatile ground water constituents.  Samplers are used in
        both portable and fixed (see Section 3.6.3) configurations.

 Description:

 Sampling occurs passively through natural diffusion of ground water so no pumping or displacement
 of water in involved (purging is not required).

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
Media:

     Soil:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.

Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Used only for VOCs.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-35
                             First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS
 3.6    FIXED IN-SITU SAMPLERS
 3.6.1   Multilevel Capsule Samplers

 Use:    A variety of gas-drive or suction-lift samplers have been developed for permanent installation
        in a single borehole to allow multilevel sampling.

 Description:

 Minimal purging is required because there is little mixing between incoming water from the formation
 and stagnant water. Samples are collected using tubing that runs from the surface to each individual
 sampling device.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    4. Halogenated SVOCs    7. Metals         10. Explosives
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5. PAHs                 8. Radionuclides  11. TPHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs        6. Pesticides/Herbicides    9. Inorganics
Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Cross-contamination is a potential concern for installations requiring grout to isolate sampling points.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
•      Permanent nature of installation means that devices at individual sampling points can not be
       retrieved for service and repairs, and malfunction means that sampling point is lost.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-36
                             First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS
 3.6    FIXED IN-SITU SAMPLERS
 3.6.2   Multiple-Port Casings                                 >

 Use:   A variety of multiple port casings have been developed that allow collection of samples from
        different levels.

 Description:

 The simplest multiple-port casings involve field-fabricated multilevel samplers in which  individual
 sampling points are screen rubber stoppers placed at intervals along PVC pipe flexible tubing that runs
 to the surface from each sampling point. In cohesionless sands, the formation collapses  around the
 casing as a hollow-stem auger or drill casing is withdrawn from the borehole.  In other formations,
 grout or inflatable packers can be used to isolate sampling ports.  A suction-lift pump is used to obtain
 samples where the water table is shallow or a gas-driven piston pump can be installed by each port for
 deeper installations.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPHs
Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Cross-contamination of sampling points might occur as a result of leaky seals.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-37
                                                       First Edition

-------
              Limitations:

              •   Assembly and placement can be difficult.
              •   Number of sampling points is limited by the diameter of the borehole.
              •   Permanent nature of installation means that devices at individual sampling points can not be
                     retrieved for service and repairs, and malfunction means that sampling point is lost.
              EPA Guidance:

              EPA 600/4-89/034
Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and installation of Ground-
Water Monitoring Wells.
_
             Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                       3-38
First Edition

-------
 3      ACCESS TOOLS

 3.6    FIXED IN-SITU SAMPLERS
3,6I|   Passive Multilayer Samplers                           '•'-

Use:    Sampling for vertical distribution of volatile ground water constituents. Samplers are used in
        both fixed and portable (see Section 3.5.2) configurations.

Description:

Sampling occurs passively through natural diffusion  of ground water so no pumping or displacement
of water in involved (purging is not required).

Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
Media:

     Soil:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Greater than 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Used only for VOCs.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-39
                                                      First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS
3.7     DESTRUCTIVE SAMPLING METHODS
3.7.1  Coring and Extraction     ;   -,,. -..'-.. • , v,-^l:'-:;*t.... ;:>.;"  vH;;'4::'

Use:   These methods provide information useful for selection of drill hole placement and vertical
       placement of permanent monitoring wells.

Description:

Cores are usually collected with a power-driven sampling device (split and solid barrel, rotating core,
thin-wall open tube, and thin-wall piston) which are driven ahead by the cutting head of the drill bit.
Various methods are available for extracting water samples from cores.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs   4.  Halogenated SVOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  5.  PAHs .
3. Halogenated VOCs        6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
                                7.  Metals         10. Explosives
                                8.  Radionuclides   11. TPHs
                                9.  Inorganics
Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Water extracted from cores can be contaminated by drilling fluids and might undergo degassing and
volatilization at the ground surface or during extraction.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•      Relatively small water samples are obtained from cores.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-40
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
 ASTM Standards:

 D2113        Practice for Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation.
 D 5079        Practice for Preserving and Transporting Rock Core Samples.
 D 6169        Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices with Drill Rigs for
               Environmental Investigations.
 EPA Guidance:
 EPA 600/4-89/034
Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and Installation of Ground-
Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                       3-41
                                                               First Edition

-------
3      ACCESS TOOLS
3.7    DESTRUCTIVE SAMPLING METHODS
3.7.2  Temporary Installations                               *          ?

Use:   Access to ground water.

Description:

Ground water samples can be collected during drilling using a screened hollow-stem auger section.
Various types of screens near or above the cutting head can be used, and samples can be collected
using a portable sampler (suction-lift or portable displacement) which is lowered down the hollow
stem.

Multiple-completion wells can be done from the bottom up (casing is gun-perforated at the bottom,
samples taken, grouted to seal perforation, steps repeated at next level) or from top down (drilled to
certain depth, temporary well installed and sampled, casing removed, and filled to next sampling
point).
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs   5.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

    Soil:
    Not Applicable
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPHs
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MODERATE
Cement grout used in multiple completion wells can affect quality of samples.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
Up to 100 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                3-42
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
 Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.  In certain situations, temporary installations can be
                              the most cost effective method for obtaining preliminary data.

 Limitations:

 •   Time consuming.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
3-43
                                        First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix            3-44
                                                                                                   First Edition

-------
        COLLECTION TOOLS
       4.1    HAND-HELD METHODS

              4.1.1   Scoops, Spoons, and Shovels	  4-3
              4.1.2   Augers	  4.5
              4.1.3   Tubes	  4.7

       4.2    POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS

              4.2.1   Split and Solid Barrel	  4.9
              4.2.2   Rotating Core	4-11
              4.2.3   Thin-Wall Open Tube	4-13
              4.2.4   Thin-Wall Piston/Specialized Thin Wall  	4-15

       4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS

              4.3.1   Bladder Pump	4-17
              4.3.2   Gear Pump  	4-19
              4.3.3   Submersible Helical Rotor Pump	4-20
              4.3.4   Gas-Driven Displacement Pumps	 4-22
              4.3.5   Gas-Driven Piston Pumps	4-24

       4.4    OTHER PORTABLE GROUND WATER SAMPLING PUMPS

              4.4.1   Suction-Lift Pumps  (peristaltic)	4-26
              4.4.2   Submersible Centrifugal Pump	4-28
              4.4.3   Inertial-Lift Pumps	4-30

       4.5    PORTABLE GRAB SAMPLERS

              4.5.1   Bailer	4_32
              4.5.2   Pneumatic Depth-Specific Samplers  	4-34
              4.5.3   Mechanical Depth-Specific Samplers	4-36

       4.6    EXTRACTIVE COLLECTION METHODS

              4.6.1   Soil Water Extraction	 . 4.33
              4.6.2   Sorbent Devices	4-40
              4.6.3   Biological Indicators	4-42

       4.7    GAS/AIR COLLECTION METHODS

              4.7.1   Soil Gas Sampling (static)	4.44
              4.7.2   Soil Gas Probes	 .  ;	4.45
              4.7.3  Air Sampling Devices	4-48
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-1
                                    First Edition

-------
                                   This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix            4-2
                                                                                                  First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.1    HAND-HELD METHODS
   -.j<-
-------
              Investigation Derived
              Waste Volume:

              Technology Status:
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
              Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                                           verification program.

              Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

              Limitations:

              •   Limited to surface sampling.
              •   Volatiles may be lost during sample collection.

              ASTM Standards:

              D 5633 - 94   Practice for Sampling with a Scoop
              D 4700 - 91    Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
.
              Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-4
First Edition

-------
4       COLLECTION TOOLS
4.1     HAND-HELD METHODS
4.1.2  Augers     -     ,      "  ':         \ ,"-    "   f ""-3   *• <     "-     _.,,   -   --

Use:   Augers are commonly used to collect near surface samples and, in combination with tube
samplers, to collect undisturbed samples.

Description:

Hand-held augers consist of an auger bit, a solid or tubular drill rod, and a "T" handle.  When the drill
rod is threaded, extensions can be added or auger bits interchanged.  The auger tip drills into the
ground as the handle is rotated, and soil retained on the auger tip is brought to the surface and used as
the soil sample.  Alternately,  augers can be used to bore to the desired sampling depth, and a tube
sampler used for collection.  Augers can be used around piping and utility lines.  A wide variety of
auger tips are available including:
Screw Auger:
Dutch Auger:
Used on cohesive, soft, or hard soils.  Will not retain dry, loose, or
granular material.

Designed specifically for wet clayey, fibrous, or rooted soils (marshes).
In-situ Soil Recovery Auger:   Collects soil in reusable liners utilizing a closed top to reduce
                              contamination from caving sidewalls.  Might not retain dry, loose, or
                              granular material.

Eijkelcamp Stony Soil Auger:  Used on stony soils or asphalt.
Planner Auger:

Post-Hole/Iwan Auger:

Silage Auger:

Spiral Auger:


Mud Tips:



Sand  Heads:
Cleans out and flattens the bottom of predrilled holes.

Used on cohesive, soft, or hard soils.  Will not retain loose material.

Used on silage pits and peat bogs.

Used to remove rock from auger holes so that borings can continue
with other auger types.

Opening cut out of the cylinder for easy removal of heavy, wet soil
and clay samples.  The bits are similar to regular tips but spaced
further apart.

Designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soils. The bits are formed to
touch in order to hold dry sand samples.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 4-5
First Edition

-------
 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 4.  Halogenated SVOCs

 Media:
     MINIMUM

 Maximum Depth:

 Production Rate:


 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MAXIMUM

Up to 15 feet.
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPH
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MAXIMUM
Sample is available quickly.  In moist soil, hand-held augers penetrate
more rapidly than bucket augers.  Power-driven augers are available.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Accurate soil profile is difficult.
•   Limited depth.
•   Not applicable for consolidated formations.

ASTM Standards:

D 1452 - 80    Practice for Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings
D 4700 - 91    Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-6
                                                      First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS
4.1    HAND-HELD METHODS
      Wubes          '        '      ,   '                    „  ,   -   '      '-„./'

Use:   Like augers, tubes can utilize a variety of tips depending on  soil type.  Tubes are considered
       better than augers for sampling VOCs.

Description:

Tubes are similar to augers except that a tube with a cutting tip is attached to the drill rod.  Instead of
being rotated, the tube is pushed into the soil.  Often, augers are used to drill the hole and tubes are
used to collect the sample. A variety of tube samplers are available:
Soil Probe:

Thin-Walled Tubes:

Soil Recovery Probe:

Veihmayer Tubes:

Peat Sampler:

Analytes:
Used for near surface sampling of cohesive, soft soils and silts.

Used on wet or dry cohesive, soft soils.

Cores are collected in reusable liners to minimize contact with air.

Utilize pulley jacks and grips to sample at depths of 3 to 5 meters.

Used for sampling of organic soils.
1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs        7. Metals
4. Halogenated SVOCs       8. Radionuclides
                                 9.  Inorganics
                                 10. Explosives
                                 ll.TPH
Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Up to 15 feet.

Sample is available quickly;


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 4-7
                              First Edition

-------
  Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                               verification program.

  Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

  Limitations:

  •   Not suitable for rocky, dry, loose, or granular material or very wet soil.

  ASTM Standards:

  D 4700 - 91    Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-8
                                       First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS
4.2    POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS
                 ^litfBarrel
Use:
       Split spoons provide samples from cohesive soils. Solid barrels are more appropriate in sand,
       silts, and clays.
Description:

Split spoons are tubes constructed of high strength alloy steel with a tongue and groove arrangement
running the length of the tube, allowing it to be split in half. The two halves are held together by a
threaded drive head assembly at the top, and a hardened shoe at the bottom, with a beveled cutting tip.
The sampler is driven by a 140-pound weight dropped through a 30-inch interval.  When the split
spoon is brought to  the surface, it is disassembled and the core removed. Barrel samplers are similar
to split spoons except they can not be taken apart. A core extruder might be required to remove the
core from the  barrel.

A series of consecutive cores may be extracted with a split-spoon sampler to give a complete soil
column profile, or an auger may be used to drill down to the desired depth for sampling. The split   •
spoon is then driven to its sampling depth through the bottom of the augured hole and the core
extracted. The following procedure for split-spoon sampling describes the collection and extraction of
undisturbed soil cores 18 or 24 inches in length:

        1 .  Assemble the sampler by aligning both sides of the barrel and then screwing the drive
           shoe on the bottom and the head piece on top.

        2.  Place the sampler in a perpendicular position on the sample material.

        3.  Using a well ring, drive the tube. Do not drive past the bottom of the  head piece or
           compression  of the sample will result.

        4.  Record  in the site logbook or on field data sheets the length of the tube used to penetrate
           the material being sampled, and the number of blows required to obtain this depth.

        5.  Withdraw the sampler and open by unscrewing  the bit and head and splitting the barrel.
           The amount of recovery and soil type should be recorded on the boring log.  If a split
           sample  is desired, a cleaned, stainless steel knife should be used to divide the tube contents
            in half, longitudinally. This sampler is typically available in 2- and 3-1/2-inch diameters.
           However, in order to obtain the required  sample volume, use of a larger barrel may be
           required.

        6.   Without disturbing the core, transfer it to appropriate labeled sample containers) and seal
            tightly.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                               4-9
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.
 3. Halogenated VOCs         7.
 4. Halogenated SVOCs       8.
    PAHs
    Pesticides/Herbicides
    Metals
    Radionuclides
        9. Inorganics
        10. Explosives
        11. TPH
 Media:
     MINIMUM
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
 Some models have a liner that allows removal of the sample with minimum contact to air.  A basket
 or spring retainer can be placed inside the tube near the tip to reduce loss of sample material.
 Disturbance of core samples prevents use for laboratory measurements of formation properties.  The
 collection of soil samples using a split spoon is usually ineffective in sediments containing large
 cobbles and/or boulders. Measurement of soil compaction is not always consistent usually due to
 outside influences.  Sample retention is often less than 100%, primarily for fine, dry soils.
 Maximum Depth:


 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:

 Limitations:
Up to 25 feet. Can be used up to 25 feet beyond an existing access
hole to achieve greater depth below the soil surface.

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Least expensive.
•   Not for use in consolidated formations.
•   Split spoons are ineffective in cohesionless sands.
•   Solid barrels have questionable recovery and quality below the water table.

ASTM Standards:

D 1586 - 84   Test Methods for Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils
D 3550 - 84   Practice for Ring-Lined Barrel Sampling of Soils
D 4700 - 91   Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
D 6169       Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices with Drill Rigs for
              Environmental  Investigations.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-10
                                                       First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS
4.2    POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS
Use:   Rotating cores are used in the diamond coring process.

Description:

This method can utilize one of two techniques:

       •   Single-wall tubes use drilling fluid that circulates around the core that has been cut and the
           barrel before exiting through the bit. They are used in dense, unconsolidated, and
           consolidated formations.

       •   In double-wall tubes, the drilling fluid circulates between the two walls of the core barrel
           and does not come into direct contact with the core being cut.  This method is used in
           friable, erodable, soluble, or highly fractured formations and can provide good recovery in
           unconsolidated clays and silts.
Analytes:

2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
4. Halogenated SVOCs
5. PAHs
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
                                                             10. Explosives
                                                             11. TPH
Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification :
                             Ground Water:
                             Not Applicable
                         Surface Water:
                         Not Applicable  ,
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Up to 25 feet. Can be used up to 25 feet beyond an existing access
hole to achieve greater depth below the soil surface.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.
                             Medium volume of waste.

                             Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

                             Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                             4-11
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
  Limitations:

  •   Due to erosion by drilling fluid, single-wall tubes are not suited for friable, erodable, soluble, or
     highly fractured formations.

  ASTM Standards:

  D 2113 - 83    Method for Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation
  D 6169        Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices with Drill Rigs for
                Environmental Investigations.

  EPA Guidance:

  EPA 600/4-89/034     Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and installation of Ground-
                       Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-12
                                       First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.2     POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS
Use:    Thin-walled core samplers are most commonly used for collection of undisturbed core samples
        in cohesive soils, silt, and sand above the water table.

Description:

Sample collection procedures are similar to split-spoon sampling except that the tube is pushed into the
soil, using the weight of the drill rig, rather than driven.  The following are common thin-wall open
tube samplers:
    Shelby Tube:
    Continuous Tube:
      Undisturbed samples in cohesive soils, silt, and sand above
      the water table.

      Same as Shelby tube, except that the longer barrel is
      designed to operate inside the column of a hollow-stem
      auger (see Section 3.1.1).
Analytes:
 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs        7.  Metals
4. Halogenated SVOCs       8.  Radionuclides

Media:
                                 9.  Inorganics
                                 10. Explosives
                                 ll.TPH
     Soil:
     MINIMUM
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Collects undisturbed sample. Gravel or cobbles can disturb the sample during collection and possibly
damage the walls of the sampler (sample tube should be at least 6 times the diameter of the longest
particle size of the sample to minimize physical disturbance).
Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
Up to 25 feet. Can be used up to 25 feet beyond an existing access hole
to achieve greater depth below the soil surface.

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.
Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-13
                              First Edition

-------
 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:

 Limitations:
Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
 •   Might not be strong enough to penetrate compact sediments.
 •   Ineffective in cohesionless sands or stony soil.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 1587 - 94    Method for Thin-Walled Tube Geotechnical Sampling of Soils
 D 4700 - 91    Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
 D 6169        Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices with Drill Rigs for
                Environmental Investigations.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
               4-14
                                                       First Edition

-------
4       COLLECTION TOOLS
4.2     POWER-DRIVEN SOIL SAMPLERS
4.2.4  Thin-Wall Piston/SpecializedJTiin Wall                                      -

Use:   Usually used where soil conditions are unfavorable for use of conventional thin-wall samplers.

Description:

Piston samplers are similar to thin-walled samplers except they are equipped with internal pistons to
generate a vacuum within the sampler as it is withdrawn from the soil. A wide variety of specialized thin-
wall and piston samplers have been developed for collecting undisturbed samples where specific soil
conditions are unfavorable for use of conventional thin-wall or piston samplers.
Thin-Wall Piston Samplers

Internal sleeve piston:

Wireline piston:


Fixed-piston:

Stationary piston:


Free piston:


Open drive:


Specialized Thin-Wall Samplers

Pitcher:



Denison:



Vicksburg
Heaving sands (used with hollow-stem auger).

Cohesive soils and non-cohesive sands (used with hollow-stem
auger).

Cohesive soils, silts, and sand above or below water table.

Undisturbed samples in stiff cohesive soils; representative
samples in medium to soft cohesive soils, silts, and  sands.

Undisturbed samples in stiff cohesive soils; representative
samples in medium to soft cohesive soils, silts, and  sands.

Undisturbed samples in stiff cohesive soils; representative
samples in medium to soft cohesive soils, silts, and  sands.
Undisturbed samples in hard cohesive soils and cemented sands;
representative samples in soft to medium cohesive soils, silts,
and sands.  Frequently ineffective on cohesionless soils.

Undisturbed samples in hard cohesive soils, cemented sands, and
soft rocks.  Not suitable for undisturbed sampling of
cohesionless or soft cohesive soils.

Similar to Shelby tube (see Section 4.2.3) but able to sample
denser, coarser material.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
          4-15
                                                                                        First Edition

-------
 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 3. Halogenated VOCs
 4. Halogenated SVOCs

 Media:

     Soil:
     MINIMUM
 5. PAHs
 6. Pesticides/Herbicides
 7. Metals
 8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPH
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
 Vacuum might improve sample recovery compared to conventional thin-wall samplers.
 Maximum Depth:


 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:

 Limitations:
Up to 25 feet. Can be used up to 25 feet beyond an existing access
hole to achieve greater depth below the soil surface.

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
 •   More complex construction increases possibility of malfunction.
 •   Less readily available than conventional thin-wall samplers.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 2937 - 94    Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method.
 D 4700 - 91    Soil Sampling from the Vadose Zone
 D 6169        Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices with Drill Rigs for
               Environmental Investigations.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-16
                                                      First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS
4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
4,3.1  Bladder Pump            -       ;

Use:   Most popular pump for collecting ground water samples dedicated to a single well.  Should
       receive strong consideration when collecting trace inorganics and volatile organics.

Description:

A flexible bladder within the device has check valves at each end.  Gas from the ground surface is
cycled between the bladder and sampler wall, forcing the sample to enter the bladder and be driven up
the discharge line.  The pumping rate of most bladder pumps can be controlled to allow for well
purging at a high pumping rate or for the collection of VOCs at low flow rates.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
7.  Metals
8.  Radionuclides
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPH
Media:
    Soil:
    Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Driving gas does not contact sample directly, thus aeration and stripping are minimized.

Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
100 feet plus. Minimum well diameter:  1.5 inches.  Larger diameter
(3.25 inches) are available.

Sample is available quickly. 0 to 3 gallons per minute. Bladder
pumps have a relatively high pumping rate when compared to other
ground water sampling technologies.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-17
                              First Edition

-------
  Limitations:

  •   Deep sampling requires large volumes of gas and longer cycles, thus increasing operating time and
     cost.
  •   Water with high suspended solids content could affect pump operation.
  •   Requires portable power source (compressed gas).
  •   Difficult to decontaminate.

  ASTM Standards:

  D 4448 - 85a  Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-18
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS

 4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
 4.3.2 riGear Pump

 Use:    Units designed for ground water sampling are relatively new to the market.

 Description:

 An electric motor rotates a set of gears which drives the sample up the discharge line. High pumping
 rates allow gear pumps to be used for both purging and sampling.  Gear pumps are made from inert or
 nearly inert materials, thus suitable for sampling organics if Teflon discharge line is used.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5.  PAHs
3.  Halogenated VOCs

Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
       7. Metals         10.  Explosives
       8. Radionuclides   11.  TPH
       9. Inorganics
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Up to 100 feet Minimum well diameter: 2 inches.
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Sample is available after a short amount of time. Gear pumps are
capable of providing a continuous sample over extended time periods at
0 to 1.5 gallons per minute. Pumping rates at increased depth can be
achieved through the use of auxiliary equipment.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
•      Flow rates can not be controlled.
•      Sampling of water with high levels of suspended solids may require frequent gear replacement.
•      Pumping may stall at low flow rates.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards  or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-19
                                                      First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
4.33   Submersible Helical-Rotor Pump                    -."^-•::-.-••. J^-^:,-:;'.*/'§.,ft !lf

Use:    Well development and purging; collecting ground water samples for non-sensitive parameters.

Description:

Small diameter helical rotor pumps constructed out of inert or nearly inert materials specifically designed
for monitoring use are becoming more common.  A water sample is forced up the discharge line by an
electrically driven rotor-stator assembly that moves the water through a progression of cavities to the
discharge line. However, because the flow rate can not be controlled, this pump may not be suitable for
sampling more sensitive chemical parameters.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

    Soil:
    Not Applicable
                            7. Metals
                            8. Radionuclides
                            Ground Water:
                            MINIMUM
                                9. Inorganics
                                10. Explosives
                                11. TPH
                         Surface Water:
                         MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Might not be suitable for sampling chemically-sensitive parameters.  Sample could also be
contaminated by coming in contact with pumping mechanism.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
Up to 100 feet.  Minimum well diameter:  2 inches.

Sample is available after a short amount of time. 0 to 1.5 gallons per
minute.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Most expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-20
     First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •   Flow rate can not be controlled.
 •   Sample chemistry may be altered from turbulence caused by high pumping rates.
 •   Water with high suspended solids content can cause operational problems.
 •   Must be cycled on/off about every 20 minutes to prevent overheating of motor.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-21
                                       First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS
4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
43.4  Gas-Driven Displacement Pumps

Use:   More commonly used for well purging than ground water sampling.

Description:

Gas-driven displacement pumps can  sample at a continuous rate or a discrete depth; however, this
method is more commonly used for purging rather than sampling. Positive gas pressure applied to the
surface of water within the sample chamber forces the sample to the surface through an open tube.
Gas-driven displacement pumps can  be installed permanently in uncased boreholes, and multiple
installations in a single borehole are  possible.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

    Soil:
    Not Applicable
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
    9.  Inorganics
    10. Explosives
    ll.TPH
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Gas-driven pumps deliver samples at a controlled, nearly continuous flow rate. Use of inert driving gas
minimizes sample oxidation and other sample chemical alteration. However, they may not be
appropriate for chemically-sensitive parameters if air is used as the driving gas due to potential
oxidation of metals or gas stripping of VOCs.
Maximum Depth:


Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
Up to 100 feet. Deep sampling locations require an air compressor or
large compressed air tanks. Minimum well diameter:  1 inch.

Sample is available after a short amount of time. 0.1  to 10 gallons per
minute.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-22
                             First Edition

-------
Relative Cost per Sample:     Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Permanently installed devices difficult to retrieve for service; proper installation and operation may
    be difficult to ensure.
•   Excessive air pressure can rupture gas entry or discharge tubing.

ASTM Standards:

D 4448 - 85a  Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-23
                                         First Edition

-------
 4     COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.3    PORTABLE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
43.5  Gas-Driven Piston Pump                                             ?     **

Use:   Designed specifically for ground water sampling.

Description:

Gas-driven piston pumps consist of one or more plungers (pistons) moving inside a submerged
cylinder or barrel. When gas pressure drives the piston up and down, one-way check valves direct
water moved by the pistons to the surface.  Flow rates easily controlled by varying driving gas
pressure and a moderately high pumping rate at great depths allow for collection of large volumes of
samples in a relatively short time. Piston pumps can provide a continuous sample over extended time
periods.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
       9.  Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPH
Media:
    Soil:
    Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
No aeration of sample due to isolation from driving gas. Valve mechanism may cause series of
pressure drops in sample leading to sample degassing and pH changes.
Maximum Depth:
100 feet plus. Minimum well diameter: 1.5 inches.
Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Sample is available after a short amount of time.  0 to 1.5 gallons per
minute.  Continuous sampling is possible.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Most expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-24
                                                                                 First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •  Unless pump intake is filtered, particulate matter may damage pump's intricate valving
    mechanism.
 •  Not highly portable, usually vehicle mounted.
 •  Tubing bundles may be difficult to clean in order to avoid cross-contamination.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 4448 - 85a  Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-25
                                        First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS

4.4     OTHER PORTABLE GROUND WATER SAMPLING PUMPS	

4.4.1   Suction-Lift Pumps (Peristaltic)                                            ^

Use:    Peristaltic pumps are frequently used for shallow ground water sampling.  Surface centrifugal
        pumps are commonly used for well development.

Description:

Suction-lift pumps apply a vacuum to either the well casing or to tubing that runs from the pump to
the desired sampling depth. Most are easily controlled to provide continuous and variable flow rate.
Peristaltic pumps utilize a self-priming or power-operated vacuum pump.

A centrifugal pump, in its simplest form, consists of an impeller rotating inside a casing. When liquid
is in the housing, the rotors spin it to create centrifugal force to drive it toward the walls and the
outlet.  Liquid enters along the axis to replace the liquid that spins away. The impeller imparts kinetic
energy to the fluid.  The amount of energy given to the liquid corresponds to the velocity at the edge
of the impeller.  The faster the impeller revolves or the bigger the impeller is,  the higher the velocity
of the liquid at the edge of the impeller and the greater the energy imparted to the liquid. The kinetic
energy of a liquid coming out of an impeller is harnessed by creating a resistance to the flow.  The
first resistance is created by the pump volute (casing) which catches the liquid  and slows it down.
The velocity head (for non-viscous liquids like water or gasoline (newtonian fluids), the term "head" is
used to  measure the kinetic energy which a pump creates), which is created by moving fluid from the
low-velocity center to the high-velocity edge of the impeller, is converted into a pressure head
(pressure is a measurement of the resistance to flow; a pump does not create pressure,  it only creates
flow) when the fluid leaves the pump.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.
3. Halogenated VOCs        7.
4. Halogenated SVOCs       8.
   PAHs
   Pesticides/Herbicides
   Metals
   Radionuclides
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPH
Ground water samples containing VOCs require the use of sample tubing and containers that can be
used in combination with gas headspace / vacuum extraction, purge and trap extraction, or
adsorption/thermal desorption samplers.

Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM '
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-26
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Sample does not come into contact requiring that only tubing be cleaned.  However, the drop in
 pressure caused by the suction causes degassing of the sample and the loss of volatiles especially if the
 sample is taken from an in-line vacuum flask.  The gasoline power source used for most pumps causes
 aeration and turbidity which may disturb sample integrity.  Centrifugal pumps may have to be primed.
 Maximum Depth:
 Production Rate:
 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:
Up to 25 feet. Maximum sample depth: 25 feet (peristaltic) to 15 feet
(surface centrifugal). Minimum well diameter: 0.5 inch (peristaltic) to
1 inch (surface centrifugal).

Sample is available after a short amount of time.  0.01  to 8 gallons per
minute (peristaltic) to 1 to 25 gallons per minute (surface centrifugal).
Medium volume of waste.
Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
 Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

 Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Low pumping rates of peristaltic pumps make purging difficult.
 •   Effective only for shallow well sampling.
 •   Can change solution chemistry by causing degassing which may result in loss of oxidizable and
    volatile compounds.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-27
                                                       First Edition

-------
4     COLLECTION TOOLS

4.4    OTHER PORTABLE GROUND WATER SAMPLING PUMPS	

4,4.2  Submersible Centrifugal Pump

Use:   Well purging and ground water sample collection.

Description:

Submersible centrifugal pumps use an electrically-driven rotating impeller that accelerates inside the
pump body, building up pressure and forcing the sample up the discharge line.  Commonly constructed
of stainless steel, teflon, rubber, and brass, most can also provide a continuous and variable flow rate.
Small diameter submersible centrifugal pumps are available that can be used in 2-inch diameter wells
and can be operated at both high flow rates for purging and low flow rates for sampling.  Clay, silt,
and fine sand have  relatively little effect on these small diameter units.
Analytes:

   Non-Halogenated VOCs
1.
2.
3.
4.
   Non-Halogenated SVOCs
   Halogenated VOCs
   Halogenated SVOCs
Media:

    Soil:
    Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
5.  PAHs
6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
7.  Metals
8.  Radionuclides
                            Ground Water:
                            MINIMUM
9.  Inorganics
10. Explosives
ll.TPH
                        Surface Water:
                        MINIMUM
                 Gas/Air:
                 Not Applicable
                            200 feet plus. Variable speed units are limited to depths of 290 feet.
                            Minimum well diameter:  1.75 inches for variable speed units.

                            Sample is available after a short amount of time. 5 to 60 gallons per
                            minute. Up to 8 gallons per minute for fixed speed units.
                            Medium volume of waste.

                            Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

                            Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Most expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                            4-28
                                                      First Edition

-------
  Limitations:

  •       Does not handle highly viscous fluids efficiently.
  •       Conventional large diameter submersible centrifugal pumps are subject to excessive wear in
         abrasive or corrosive waters.

  ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

  No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-29
                                                                                       First Edition

-------
4      COLLECTION TOOLS

4.4    OTHER PORTABLE GROUND WATER SAMPLING PUMPS	.

4.43  Inertial-Lift Pump

Use:   Well purging and collection of ground water samples.

Description:                                                    ,              5  ,   ;

The pump consists of a foot valve at the end of a flexible tube which runs to the surface. At the
beginning of sampling, the water column in the sampling tube  is equal to that in the well.  A levered
handle or gasoline motor drive provides a continuous up-and-down movement of the tubing. An
initial rapid upstroke lifts the water column in the tubing a distance equal to the stroke length.  At the
end of the upstroke, the water continues to move slightly upward by inertia. On the down stroke, the
foot valve opens allowing fresh water to enter the tube.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

    Soil:
    Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:


Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
5.  PAHs
6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
7.  Metals
8.  Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
       9.  Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       ll.TPH
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Up to 100 feet.  Minimum well diameter:  1.5 inches.
Sample is available after a short amount of time.  0 to 2 gallons per
minute.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-30
                                                                                 First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •  Manual pump is difficult to operate in deep, large diameter wells (motor drive can overcome this).
 •  Can not operate manually as deep as bladder or gas-driven pumps.
 •  Gasoline motor drive is heavy and not very portable.
 •  Plastic foot valves wear with heavy use, especially in metal casings.
 •  Tubing coils can be  stiff and awkward to transfer between monitoring wells.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-31
                                        First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.5    PORTABLE GRAB SAMPLERS
 4.5.1.  Bailer	-•	^;,_'^M:^ ;.• :^j&_';%^	1 ;.;•.;	V-A,  ":;:Hf-,i;:;|

 Use:   Bailers are the most widely used sampling method due to their low cost; however, other
        devices such as bladder, helical-rotor, and gear pumps generally provide better results when
        sensitive constituents such as VOCs are present.

 Description:

 A bailer is a hollow tube with a check valve at the base (open bailer) or a double valve (point-source
 bailer).  The bailer is attached to a line (generally either a polypropylene or nylon rope, or stainless
 steel or Teflon coated wire) and lowered into the water. The bailer is pulled  up when the desired
 depth is reached, with the weight of the water closing the check valve. Open bailers provide an
 integrated sample of the water column. Point-source bailers use: (1) balls, or (2) valves (operated by
 cables from the surface) to prevent additional water from entering  the bailer so that a sample can be
 collected at a specific point.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
       9. Inorganics
       10. Explosives
       11. TPH
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Can cause alterations due to aeration, degassing, volatilization, or turbulence when lowering bailer into
water column.
Maximum Depth:


Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
200 feet.  Minimum well diameter: open bailer - 0.5 inch; point-source
bailer - 0.5 inch.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.
Large volume of waste

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-32
                              First Edition

-------
 Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   User can be exposed to contaminants in sample.
 •   Time consuming if used for purging.
 •   Lines used for bailer can be difficult to decontaminate.
 •   With open bailers, it may be difficult to determine what point sample represents.
 •   High suspended solids content or freezing temperatures can impact operation of check valves.
 •   Bailer operation can cause aeration of water in well and sample, increase turbidty of sample, and
    mix water within the well.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 4448 - 85a  Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-33
                                        First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.5    PORTABLE GRAB SAMPLERS
 4.5.2   Pneumatic Depth-Specific Samplers                            4     ,^

 Use:   Pneumatic depth-specific samplers (commonly called syringes) are used to collect ground
        water samples at discrete intervals.

 Description:

 A variety of samplers are available in which the sample container is pressurized or evacuated. When
 the container is opened or pressure released, the sample enters the collection instrument.
 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
 3.  Halogenated VOCs         7.  Metals
 4.  Halogenated SVOCs       8.  Radionuclides
                                9.  Inorganics
                                10.  Explosives
                                11.  TPH
 Media:
     Soil:
     Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
 Sample does not come into contact with atmospheric gases.
Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
200 feet plus. Minimum well diameter:  1.5 inches.

Sample is available after a short amount of time. 0.01 to 0.2 gallon
capacity.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.

Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-34
                             First Edition

-------
 Limitations:

 •   Inefficient for collecting large volume samples.
 •   Use is limited to water with low suspended solids level (particulates can damage plunger and
    check valve).
 •   Failure to seal between the piston and syringe barrel can result in loss of VOCs.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 4448 - 85a   Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-35
                                        First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.5    PORTABLE GRAB SAMPLERS
4.53   Mechanical Depth-Specific Samplers                                  -

Use:    Kemerer and Van Dorn samplers are commonly used for surface water sampling.  The
        coliwasa is most generally used for containerized water.

Description:

Mechanical depth-specific samplers are very portable and require no outside power source. A variety
of types are available:

        •   Kemerer and Van Dorn samplers consist of tubes that close when a line to an end cap is
           triggered.

        •   A coliwasa is a tube with neoprene stoppers at each end that are controlled by a rod that
           runs through the tube and a locking mechanism.

        •   The stratified sample thief, used to sample  stratified immiscible fluids, consists of a rod
           passing through the center of a series of disks spaced at intervals where sampling is
           desired.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs         7.  Metals
4. Halogenated SVOCs       8.  Radionuclides

Media:
                            9. Inorganics
                            10. Explosives
                            11. TPH
       Soil:
       Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Can cause alterations due to aeration, degassing, volatilization, or turbulence when lowering bailer into
water column.
Maximum Depth:
Production Rate:
200 feet. Operation of mechanical samplers is difficult at increased
depths.  Minimum well diameter: Kemerer/Van Dorn -  1 inch;
Coliwasa- 2 inches; Stratified sample thief - 1.5 inches.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-36
                          First Edition

-------
Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
       Large volume of waste

       Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

       Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
       verification program.

       Least expensive.
    Difficult to operate at increased depths.
    Activating mechanisms prone to malfunction.
    Can be difficult to transfer sample to storage container.
    Leaching of constituents from neoprene and rubber end caps may occur.
    Some samplers remain open while descending through the water column.
ASTM Standards:

04136-82(1993)
D5495-94
Sampling Phytoplankton with Water-Sampling Bottles
Sampling With a Composite Liquid Waste Sampler (COLIWASA)
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                       4-37
                                                              First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.6    EXTRACTIVE COLLECTION METHODS
4.6.1   Soil Water Extraction                                                Sa

Use:    Sampling of soil pore liquids in the vadose zone.

Description:

The following is a description of the most common soil water extraction methods.  Several other
methods such as the membrane filter, hollow filter, ceramic tube sampler, and capillary wick sampler
have been utilized for this procedure, but their use is relatively uncommon in the field.
Vacuum-Type Porous Cup:
Vacuum-Pressure Type
Porous Cup:
Vacuum-Plate Sampler:
 A porous cup attached to a small diameter tube is placed in the soil.
 A one-hole rubber plug is placed in the other end of the tube and
 small diameter tubing beginning at the base of the ceramic cup runs
 through the hole to the surface.  A vacuum is applied to the small
 tubing, and the soil solution is drawn into a small flask.

 Similar to the vacuum-type porous cup, except that a second line is
 placed  in the porous-cup-tipped tube, which ends just below the
 stopper. The shorter line is connected to  a pressure-vacuum source.
 When the unit is in place, a vacuum is applied to draw soil water into
 the sampler and push the sample into the  flask.

 Operates in a similar fashion to the vacuum-type porous cup except
•that a plate (4.3 to 25.4 centimeters in diameter) is used in place of the
 cup.
Soil core samples can be collected and soil water extracted using one of several field methods which
allow the vertical profiles of concentrations of specific pollutants to be obtained:

        •   Column displacement uses an immiscible fluid that displaces soil core water in a soil
           column by gravity.

        •   Centrifugation uses a double bottom centrifuge to remove soil water.

        •   Displacement/centrifugation method uses a combination of immiscible fluid and a
           centrifuge.

        •   Squeezing or vacuum extraction.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 4-38
First Edition

-------
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
Media:
        Soil:
        MINIMUM
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MAXIMUM
    9.  Inorganics
    10. Explosives
    ll.TPH
Surface Water:
MAXIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
When evaluating sample quality, user must take into" account relationships between pore sequences,
water quality, and drainage rates.
Maximum Depth:


Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Up to 100 feet. Vacuum-pressure method required for depths greater
than 6 feet.

Sample is available after an extended wait.
Small volume of waste.

Comnjercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
Vacuum methods:
•   Will not work in very dry or frozen soils.
•   Only samples pore water; water moving through cracks may have different composition.
•   Suction might affect soil-water flow patterns, so installation of tensiometers is required to
    determine correct vacuum to apply.
•   Heavy metals might be sorbed on the porous-cup matrix.

Solids sampling with soil water extraction:
•   Large number of samples required to characterize spatial variability of soil solutes.
•   Destructive method precludes comparing successive sampling results due to soil variability.

ASTM Standards:

D 2325  - 68    Test Method for Capillary-Moisture Relationship for Course- and Medium-Textured
               Soils by Porous-Plate Apparatus (Soil Water Retention)
D 4696  - 92    Pore-Liquid Sampling from  the Vadose Zone
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-39
                          First Edition

-------
              4      COLLECTION TOOLS
              4.6    EXTRACTIVE COLLECTION METHODS
              4.6.2   Sorbent Devices
                                  	      -     	  -                        /              f  H

              Use:   Collection of soil pore liquids in the vadose zone.

              Description:

              Sorbent methods utilize a porous material to absorb soil pore water:

              Cellulose nylon sponge:       Sponge is placed with a trough, which is positioned against the ceiling
                                          of a horizontal tunnel by a series of three lever hinges. When the
                                          sponge has absorbed a certain volume of pore water, the trough is
                                          withdrawn, and the sponge is placed in a moisture tight container.

              Ceramic rods:                Tapered ceramic rods or points are weighed before being driven into
                                          the soil.  When they are withdrawn, the rods are again weighed to
                                          determine volume of absorbed water.  The points are leached by
                                          boiling them in a known volume of distilled water.  The solution is
                                          analyzed and the original pore water concentration determined from
                                          the ratio of water absorbed by the ceramic to the volume of boiling
                                          water.

             SEAMIST™ is an instrumentation and fluid sampler emplacement technique designed for in-situ
             characterization and monitoring. It uses an inverting,  pneumatically-deployed tubular membrane made
             of impermeable material to deploy sensors and/or samplers in boreholes or to tow instruments
             downhole in a clean, stable borehole environment.  The membrane, made of coated fabric or synthetic
             film, is forced from a holding canister by air pressure into a  drilled or punched well. The membrane
             descends, averts, and presses against the hole wall,  providing wall support and the effect of a
             continuous packer. After emplacement, the entire hole wall is sealed, thus preventing ventilation of the
             pore space or circulation of pore water in the well. The membrane is retrievable or,  if desired,
             permanent installation is possible by filling the membrane with grout after emplacement. Semi-
             permanent installation can also be accomplished by filling the membrane with sand after emplacement,
             which can be removed by vacuuming where membrane retrieval is desired.

             A variety of sensors and/or sampler instruments can be integrated with the SEAMIST™ deployment
             system. The membrane can be used to perform vadose zone  pore and fracture fluid  sampling using
             absorbent pads. Electrical resistance measurements  inside the  pads indicate moisture uptake. By
             attaching an array of absorbent pads to the membrane, high spatial resolution of the contaminant
             distribution is possible.
            Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-40
                                       First Edition
_

-------
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  6. Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
9. Inorganics
10. Explosives
ll.TPH
Media:

       Soil:
       Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Not Applicable

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Borehole must remain open after drilling long enough to allow deployment of the membrane
    (typically less than 30 minutes). If regions of swelling clays, the membrane pressurized with air
    may not prevent closure of the borehole.
«   Some aspects of the system's performance require more time in field tests to evaluate: (1) long-
    term performance of the membrane and sampling system materials, (2) borehole seal quality, and
    (3) removability of sand-filled  systems.

ASTM Standards:

D 4696 - 92   Pore-Liquid  Sampling from the Vadose Zone

EPA Guidance:

EPA 600/8-87/036     Soil  Gas Sensors for Detection and Mapping of Volatile Organics
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-41
                          First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.6    EXTRACTIVE COLLECTION METHODS
 4.63  Biological Indicators

 Use:   Assessment of actual or potential biological impacts of contamination.

 Description:

 Biological indicators are organisms that are very sensitive to pollutants and other changes in the
 environment and that can be studied for clues about what is happening in the environment.  Changes
 in genes, cells, tissues, body chemical processes, and basic body functions appear before more severe
 disturbances occur in populations and ecosystems. These biochemical and molecular effects can be
 detected as changes in enzyme levels, in structure of cell membranes, and in genetic material, or DNA.
 Changes at these subcellular levels induce a series of structural and functional responses at the next
 level of biological organization.  For example, complex processes such as hormonal regulation,
 metabolism, and immune system responses can be impaired. These effects may eventually alter the
 organism's ability to grow, reproduce, or even survive. All these measurable changes serve  as
 biological indicators of pollutant stress.

 Biological indicators offer several types of rather unique information not available from other methods:
 (1) early warning of environmental damage; (2) the integrated effect of a variety of environmental  '
 stresses on the health of an organism and the population, community, and ecosystem; (3) relationships
 between the individual responses of exposed organisms to pollution and the effects at the population
 level; (4) early warning of potential harm to human health based on the responses of wildlife to
 pollution; and (5) the effectiveness of remediation efforts in decontaminating waterways.
Analytes:

1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3.  Halogenated VOCs
4.  Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

        Soii-
        MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM
9. Inorganics
10. Explosives
11. TPH
Surface Water:
MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Not Applicable

Sample is available after an extended wait.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-42
                                                       First Edition

-------
Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Requires a multi-disciplined expert to accurately interpret environmental impacts.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-43
First Edition

-------
  4      COLLECTION TOOLS

  4.7    GAS/AIR COLLECTION METHODS
 4.7.1   Soil Gas Sampling (Static)

 Use:    Detecting VOCs in the unsaturated zone.

 Description:

 Sampling of soil gases (volatile contaminants such as methane and carbon dioxide, which are
 indicators of increased microbial activity resulting from organic contaminants) is gaining acceptance as
 a method for preliminary mapping of contaminant plumes in ground water and monitoring
 underground storage tanks. This is achieved either by passive (static) sampling, where absorbent
 collectors are buried for a period of time and retrieved for laboratory analysis, or by using gas
 sampling probes.
 Static sampling can be done two ways:
         1.  An in-situ adsorbent (usually an activated charcoal rod) is buried in the soil for a period of
            days to weeks.  The adsorbent is retrieved and analyzed at a laboratory for VOCs.

        2.  Samples are collected from containers placed in the surface soil and analyzed using
            portable analytical instruments.

 Concentrations in soil gas are affected by dissolution, adsorption, and partitioning. Partitioning refers
 to the ratio of component found in a saturated vapor above an aqueous solution to the amount in the
 solution. Contaminants can also be adsorbed onto inorganic soil components or "dissolved" in organic
 components.  These factors can result in a lowering of the partitioning coefficient. Soil "tightness," or
 amount of void space in the soil matrix, will affect the rate of recharging of gas into the soil gas well.
 Existence of a high, or  perched, water table, or of an impermeable underlying layer (such as a clay
 lens or layer of buried slag) may interfere with sampling of the soil gas. Knowledge of site geology is
 useful in such situations and can prevent inaccurate sampling.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs

 Media:
        Soil:
        Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Up to 25 feet.

Sample is available after a short amount of time.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-44
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:
Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.  Note - two soil gas sampling devices were
demonstrated during fiscal year 1997.

Least expensive.
•   Insufficient exposure might result in a false negative.
•   Overexposure might mask relative differences in soil gas contamination at different sampling
    locations.
•   Vertical profiles of soil gas concentrations are more difficult to obtain than with soil probes.
•   Can not detect contaminant which does not have a vapor phase such as heavy metals.
•   Capability to detect compounds that adhere to soils such as PCBs and pesticides is reduced.

ASTM Standards:

D 5314 - 92    Soil Gas Monitoring in the Vadose Zone

EPA Guidance:

EPA 600/8-87/036     Soil Gas Sensors for Detection and Mapping of Volatile Organics
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-45
                                                        First Edition

-------
 4       COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.7     GAS/AIR COLLECTION METHODS
 4.7.2  Soil Gas Probes                                                            ;

 Use:   Detecting and monitoring VOCs in the unsaturated zone.

 Description:

 Manually or pneumatically-driven probes are a nondestructive method for collecting samples from a
 moving stream of gas or they can be permanently installed in a borehole.  A 3/8-inch diameter hole is
 driven  into the ground to a depth of four to five feet using a commercially available slam bar. Soil
 gas can also be sampled at other depths by the use of a longer bar or bar attachments.  A 1/4-inch
 O.D. stainless steel probe is inserted into the hole.  The hole is then sealed around the top of the probe
 using modeling clay. The gas contained in the interstitial spaces of the soil is sampled by pulling the
 sample through the probe using an air sampling pump.  The sample may be stored in tedlar bags,
 drawn through sorbent cartridges, or analyzed directly using a direct reading instrument.  The air
 sampling pump is not used for Summa canister sampling of soil gas.  Sampling is achieved by soil gas
 equilibration with the evacuated Summa canister.

 Power-driven sampling  probes may be utilized when soil conditions make sampling by hand unfeasible
 (i.e., frozen ground, very dense clays, pavement, etc.).  Commercially available soil gas sampling
 probes can be driven to the desired depth using a power hammer.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs

 Media:
        Soil:
        Not Applicable
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Caution must be taken to make sure that the correct depth is being sampled due to site specific factors
such as moisture conditions, porosity, ground water depth, and analyte specific factors such as
solubility, volatility, and degradability.  VOC samples may be disturbed due to pumping action of the
probe.
Maximum Depth:
Up to 100 feet.  Depends on the density of subsurface material and
method of penetration/coring.  Probes used with cone penetrometer rigs
can reach depths of 100 to 150 feet with favorable soil conditions.
Depths can be increased if hole is drilled before insertion. Coring
depth limits are based on drilling method used.  Vendor information
indicated that depth is limited to level of the water table. In addition,
soil permeability can affect depth.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-46
                                                        First Edition

-------
Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or
CSCT verification program.

Least expensive.
•   Non-volatile organic contaminants will not be detected.
•   Use in moist soil could affect performance.
•   A common problem with this sampling method is soil probe clogging. A clogged probe can be
    identified by using an  in-line vacuum gauge or by listening for the sound of the pump laboring.
    This problem can usually be eliminated by using a wire cable to clear the probe.

ASTM Standards:

D 5314 - 92    Soil Gas Monitoring in the Vadose Zone
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
         4-47
First Edition

-------
 4      COLLECTION TOOLS
 4.7    GAS/AIR COLLECTION METHODS
 4.73   Air Sampling Devices

 Use:   Collection of VOCs from ambient air.

 Description:

 A control device is used to maintain a constant flow of air into: (1) a canister, or (2) a filter over the
 desired sample period.  More advanced equipment may utilize a sensor to identify when wind direction
 is coming from the suspected area of contamination.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
Media:

       Soil:
       Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
Ground Water:
Not Applicable
Surface Water:
Not Applicable
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Not Applicable

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Small volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Not Applicable.

Limitations:

•   Moisture/condensation can affect air pressure inside the canister.

ASTM Standards:

D 1356 - 95a  Terminology Relating to Atmospheric Sampling and Analysis
D 1357 - 95   Practice for Planning the Sampling of the Ambient Atmosphere
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                4-48
                                                     First Edition

-------
D 1704M - 95  Test Method for Determining the Amount of Particulate Matter in the Atmosphere by
               Measurement of the Absorbance of a Filter Sample
D 3686 - 95    Practice for Sampling Atmospheres to Collect Organic Compound Vapors (Activated
               Charcoal Tube Absorption Method)
D 5466 - 93    Test Methods for Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds in Atmospheres
               (Canister Sampling Methodology)
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
4-49
First Edition

-------
                                    This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           4-50
First Edition

-------
       EXTRACTION METHODS
       5.1   SOLVENT EXTRACTION .	  5.3
       5.2   THERMAL DIGESTION	-t .,.,(	  5.5
       5.3   THERMAL EXTRACTION/DESORPTION	  5-6
       5.4   PURGE AND TRAP 	      5.7
       5.5   HEADSPACE	'.'.'."''  5-8
       5.6   SUPERCRITICAL FLUID EXTRACTION	5-10
       5.7   MEMBRANE EXTRACTION	     5-12
       5.8   SORBENT EXTRACTION	'.'.'.[ 5.13
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
5-1
                                                                    First Edition

-------
                                 This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           5-2
First Edition

-------
         EXTRACTION METHODS
  5.1   ' SOLVENT EXTRACTION ; *- /_ ;f%, ^,

  Use:    Analyte extraction from soil and ground water samples. Simplified extraction procedures have
         been developed for field screening of PCBs, PAHs, and pesticides.

  Description:

  Solvent extraction procedures involve the use of one more organic solvents, acids, or other chemical
  substances and measures, such as filtration and centrifugation, to remove and concentrate the analyte
  of interest.
 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5.  PAHs
 3. Halogenated VOCs        6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
 Media:

        Sod:
        MINIMUM

 Maximum Depth:

 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:

 Limitations:
 Ground Water:
 MODERATE
                                7.  Metals
                                10. Explosives
                                ll.TPHs
Surface Water:
MODERATE
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Sample is available after a short amount of time.


Large volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA. certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
•   Procedures can be complex and time consuming for certain compounds.
•   Simplified extraction procedures may give rise to incomplete extractions.

ASTM Standards:

D 5765 - 95   Practice for Solvent Extraction of Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons from Soils and
              Sediments Using Closed Vessel Microwave Heating
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-3
                                                                                First Edition

-------
EPA Methods:




3500B         Organic Extraction and Sample Preparation
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          5-4
                                                                                         First Edition

-------
        EXTRACTION METHODS
 5.2    THERMAL DIGESTION,. \         .   ^  \   V    ,-  '  ^        " '/ ''

 Use:   Preparing soil and water samples for instruments requiring a gaseous phase analysis.

 Description:

 The term digestion is commonly used when heating is involved in wet chemistry analytical procedures.
 Colorimetric field test kits often involve an initial digestion step.

 Analytes:

 7.  Metals
 8.  Radionuclides
 9.  Inorganics
 Media:

        Soil:
        MINIMUM

 Maximum Depth:

 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
                            Surface Water:
                            MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM

Not Applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Not applicable for brganics.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-5
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
       EXTRACTION METHODS
53    THERMAL EXTRACTION/DESORPTION                             I

Use:   Preparing soil and water samples for instruments requiring a gaseous phase analysis. Use of
       thermal extraction/desorption procedures in conjunction with gas chromatographs and mass
       spectrometers is becoming increasingly more common.

Description:

Thermal extraction techniques utilize heat to prepare samples for subsequent stages of analysis.  This
can be as simple as using an electric or microwave oven to dry samples, to using highly sophisticated
instruments for vaporizing samples.
Analytes:

2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

        Soil:
        MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
       5.  PAHs
                           Surface Water:
                           MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM

Not Applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•  Not widely used for GC/MS applications.

EPA Methods:

3015   Microwave Assisted Acid Digestion of Aqueous Samples and Extracts
3051   Microwave Assisted Acid Digestion of Sediments, Sludges, Soils and Oils
3052   Microwave Assisted Acid Digestion of Siliceous and Organically Based Matrices.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-6
     First Edition

-------
        EXTRACTION METHODS
                 andTRAP  „ _  _   /   .  '  ~   -          \"    ~/\    >'  \ "

 Use:   Extraction of VOCs from soil and water samples.

 Description:

 Purge and trap techniques involve the forcing of a gas (usually helium) through a sample of water or
 soil slurry, which entrains the VOCs. The entrained volatiles can be fed directly into the analytical
 instrument or can be used in combination with the sorbent trap to concentrate samples for later thermal
 extraction.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 Media:

        Soil:
        MINIMUM

 Maximum Depth:

 Production Rate:

 Investigation Derived
 Waste Volume:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Sample:

 Limitations:
                             Surface Water:
                             MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MINIMUM

Not applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
•   This method usually provides better recovery than vacuum or headspace extraction; however, more
    complex training and special equipment is required.

EPA Methods:

503 OB Purge-and-Trap for Aqueous Samples
5035  Closed-System Purge-and-Trap and Extraction for Volatile Organics in Soil and Waste
       Samples.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-7
                                                      First Edition

-------
       EXTRACTION METHODS
5.5    HEADSPACE        '          .     ....;,''.,":-.•     I'.../-;:  -. -.42- u	     •

Use:   Headspace extraction methods are an extremely simple technique used to collect VOCs .

Description:

Gas headspace extraction involves the use of dead space to collect gases that are moving through
water or soil, or from a solid or liquid phase to a gaseous phase. This can involve placement of water
or soil in a container that is partly filled with air (headspace), and collecting a sample of the headspace
gas (usually with a syringe once the vapors in the sample have equilibrated with the headspace).
Since not all vapors are likely to degas the first time, multiple headspace extraction is sometimes used.

Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
Media:

       Soil:
       MODERATE

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
                            Surface Water:
                            MODERATE
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MODERATE

Not applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
Relative Cost per Sample:    Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Efficiency varies depending on sample medium.

ASTM Standards:

D 3871  - 84   Test Method for Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water using Headspace Sampling
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-8
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
 EPA Methods:

 5021   Volatile Organic Compounds in Soils and Other Solid Matrices Using Equilibrium Headspace
        Analysis.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
5-9
First Edition

-------
        EXTRACTION METHODS
5.6     SUPERCRITICAL FLUID EXTRACTION

Use:    Extraction of chemical contaminants from water and soil samples.

Description:

Supercritical fluid extraction utilizes the increased solvency of supercritical fluids to extract contaminants
from a sample. The supercritical fluid is mixed with the sample in an extractor vessel and the
contaminants are dissolved and extracted to an equilibrium solubility level (typically about 10%). The
gaseous solution then exits the extractor vessel and is passed through a pressure reduction valve, where
the pressure (and the dissolving power) of the fluid is reduced, causing the contaminants to precipitate in
a separation vessel. The fluid, under reduced pressure, flashes to a gaseous phase, leaving the
contaminants in a liquid phase in the separation vessel. The contaminants are then recovered and
analyzed. The solvent gas is recycled by a compressor, which raises the pressure of the gas until it
condenses into a liquid and the process is repeated.
Analytes:

2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

       Soil:
       MINIMUM

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
5.  PAHs
10. Explosives
                             Surface Water:
                             MODERATE
Gas/Air:
Not Applicable
Ground Water:
MODERATE

Not Applicable

Sample is available quickly.


Medium volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Most expensive.
    Requires high pressure (minimum 75 atmospheres at 31 °C for carbon dioxide) to maintain the
    solvents in a supercritical state.
    Extraction equipment has high capital and operating cost.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-10
     First Edition

-------
 EPA Methods:

 3560    Supercritical Fluid Extraction of Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons.
 3561    Supercritical Fluid Extraction of Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
5-11
                                         First Edition

-------
        EXTRACTION METHODS
 5.7     MEMBRANE EXTRACTION           •  ^V  ;.    :             •-  _ ..  .  -'^iK;

 Use:    Relatively new and simple technique for extracting contaminants from water.

 Description:

 Membrane extraction uses extractant fluids containing organic solvents, such as hexane, flowing
 through a tubular silicone rubber membrane to selectively extract and concentrate organic compounds
 of interest from a sample flowing outside the tube. In its simplest application, extractant fluid flows
 directly to the analytical instrument for analysis. For more complex samples, additional separation
 steps might be required.

 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3. Halogenated VOCs             •
Media:

       Soil:
       Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
                            Surface Water:
                            MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
Ground Water:
MINIMUM

Not applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Mid-range expense.
•   Limited to aqueous samples.
•   Satisfactory extraction might be difficult with complex samples.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-12
    First Edition

-------
        EXTRACTION METHODS
5.8    SORBENT EXTRACTION                        ,

Use:   Simple and inexpensive technique for extracting contaminants from water and/or gas samples.
       It is being widely used where preconcentration of samples is required.

Description:

Sorbent extraction involves the contact of air or water through a material, such as granular activated
carbon, polyurethane, or resins, which trap organic compounds by sorption or filtration.  Resin
cartridges can be used for coricentration of VOCs obtained from purge and trap.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5'.  PAHs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs

Media:

       'Soil:
       Not Applicable

Maximum Depth:

Production Rate:

Investigation Derived
Waste Volume:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Sample:

Limitations:
                                9. Inorganics
                                10. Explosives
                            Surface Water:
                            MINIMUM
Gas/Air:
MINIMUM
7. Metals
8. Radionuclides
Ground Water:
MINIMUM

Not Applicable.

Sample is available quickly.
Small volume of waste.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience..

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Least expensive.
•   Concentrations will be underestimated if sorption is not complete or the sorbent becomes saturated.
•   A second extraction step for instrumental analysis is typically required.

EPA Methods:

5041A Analysis for Desorption of Sorbent Cartridges from Volatile Organic Sampling Train (VOST).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                5-13
                                                      First Edition

-------
                                 This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix            5-14
First Edition

-------
        SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCs, SVOCS, and PESTICIDES
       6.1
IN-SITU ANALYSIS
               6.1.1   Solid/Porous Fiber Optic	  6-3
               6.1.2   Laser-Induced Fluorescence	  6-5

       6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

               6.2.1   Photo-Ionization Detector 	  6-7
               6.2.2   Flame-Ionization Detector	  6-9
               6.2.3   Explosimeter  	6-11
               6.2.4   Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector	6-13
               6.2.5   Catalytic Surface Oxidation	6-16
               6.2.6   Detector Tubes	; . .  . 6-18
               6.2.7   Mass Spectrometry (MS)	6-20
               6.2.8   GC/MS	T	6-22
               6.2.9   GC/Ion Trap MS   	6-24
               6.2.10  lon.Trap MS	6-26
               6.2.11  Ion Mobility Spectrometer	6-28
               6.2.12  Ultraviolet (UV) Fluorescence 	6-30
               6.2.13  Synchronous Luminescence/Fluorescence	6-32
               6.2.14  UV-Visible Spectrophotometry	6-34
               6.2.15  Infrared  Spectroscopy	 6-36
               6.2.16  Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy	6-38
               6.2.17  Scattering/Absorption LIDAR  	6-40
               6.2.18  Raman Spectroscopy/Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS)  	6-42
               6.2.19  Near IR Reflectance/Transmitance Spectrometry	6-44
               6.2.20  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits  	6-46
               6.2.21  Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor	6-48
               6.2.22  Semiconductor Sensors	6-50
               6.2.23  Piezoelectric Sensors	6-52
               6.2.24  Field Bioassessment	6-54
               6.2.25  Toxicity Tests  	6-56
               6.2.26  Room-Temperature Phosphorimetry	6-58
               6.2.27  Chemical Colorimetric Kits	6-60
               6.2.28  Free Product Sensors	6-62
               6.2.29  Ground Penetration Radar .	 6-64
               6.2.30  Thin-Layer Chromatography  	6-66
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                               6-1
First Edition

-------
                                     This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-2
                                             First Edition

-------
6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

6.1    IN-SITU ANALYSIS   	

6.1.1  Solid/Porous Fiber Optic *      .                        ,    x    ,                  '

Use:   Detecting the presence of total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPHs) in water or vapor phase.  A
       variety of chemical sensors using fiber optic technology are in developmental stages. When
       combined with the cone penetrometer, fiber optic chemical sensors are easily placed in
       monitoring wells or soil.

Description:

Fiber optics is a technique that transmits light through long, thin, flexible fibers of glass, plastic, or
other transparent material.  Parallel fibers bundled together can be used to transmit complete images.
The most common fiber-optic sensors send an excitation signal from a light source that is transmitted
down the cable to a sensor. The sensor fluoresces and provides a constant-intensity light source that is
transmitted back up the cable and detected as the return signal. The intensity of the return signal is
reduced if the target contaminant is present (the intensity of the light that is recorded by the detector is
inversely proportional to the concentration).

The configuration of a fiber-optic sensor system requires a simple light source, a detector, and simple
optics to focus and guide light into and out of the fiber-optic conduit.  The same fiber can be used to
transmit  the probe beam to the sensor, as well as to carry the modulated signal back to the detector.
At the proximal end of the fiber is a small calculator-size box of optics and electronics that contains
both the  light source and signal detection equipment (generally the fiber optic cable is attached to a
spectrophotometer or a fluorometer which contains both a light source and a detector).  The electronics
box is configured to a small central processing unit (CPU)  or a lap-top computer that collects and
analyzes the sensor  signals and provides useful information on the analyte concentration.  At the distal
and working end of the fiber is the sensor, normally encased in a protective metal shield to prevent
damage.

Analytes:

11.  TPHs
Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
  Water
BETTER
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference:        Low.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
   6-3
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  Detection Limits:

  Turnaround Time
  per Sample:

  Applicable To:
        Screen/Identify
           BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
 Lone^Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.  Because sensors can be placed in small boreholes
                              (0.5-inch diameter), drilling and monitoring well installation costs
                              could be reduced.  Considered to be low maintenance.

 Limitations:

 •  Numerous separate sensors are required to discriminate between specific compounds.
 •  Current limits on selectivity and sensitivity need to be corrected.
 •  Needs to be more tolerant of interference from other compounds.
 •  Should not be exposed to direct sunlight.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards  or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-4
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.1     IN-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.1.2   Laser-Induced Fluorescence"         ,       '        !

 Use:    Laser-Induced Fluorescence (LIF) analysis is performed beneath the ground surface to identify
        aromatic hydrocarbons with three or more benzene rings.

 Description:

 LIF uses the light emission from atoms or molecules to quantify the amount of the emitting substance
 in a sample. Fluorometry  is a spectroscopic technique in which the electronic state of a molecule is
 elevated by absorption of electromagnetic radiation.  Enchanted sensitivity is achievable because the
 fluorescence signal has a very low background. When the molecule returns to  its ground state,
 radiation is emitted to produce a distinctive excitation and emission spectrum.  Instruments used for
 fluorometric analysis contain four basic components:

        1.  Source of excitation energy (such as UV (see 6.2.12), laser, x-ray (see 7.1.3)).

        2.  Detector to measure photoluminescence.

        3.  Pair of filters or monochrpmators for selecting the excitation and emission wavelengths.

 Analytes:

 5. PAHs
 11. TPHs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
           ADEQUATE
               Water
              BETTER
    Gas/Air
Not Applicable
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

Detection Limits:             10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Minutes.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-5
               First Edition

-------
 Applicable To:


        Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:
    Characterize                                 Lone-Term
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
   ADEQUATE            BETTER           ADEQUATE
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Analysis of complex samples can be difficult due to spectral overlap of different luminescing
    compounds.
•   Detection limits will vary between sites.
•   Extensive experience required for proper system operation.
•   Sensors limited to a maximum depth of 150 feet due to attenuation in optical fiber cord.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-6
First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
     ;   Photo lonization Detector        ',                   .  "  y/,             '

Use:    Photo ionization detectors (PIDs) are used to detect aromatic hydrocarbons (a PID can detect
        most VOCs with a carbon range of 6 (such as benzene) to  10 (such as naphthalene)).

Description:

The PID is comprised of an ultraviolet lamp that emits photons (a quantum unit of light energy) which
are absorbed by the analyte in an ionizatio'n chamber. Ions (atoms or molecules that have gained or
lost electrons and thus have a net positive or negative charge) produced during this process are
collected by electrodes.  The current generated provides a measure of the analyte concentration.

PIDs are commonly used as detectors in portable gas chromatographs (which separate the specific
analyte types).  Because only a small fraction  of the analyte molecules are  actually ionized, this
method is considered nondestructive allowing  it  to be used in conjunction with another detector to
confirm analysis results. This is easily accomplished by connecting the exhaust port of the PID to a
flame-ionization detector (FID)  or electron capture detector. In addition, PIDs are available in
portable hand-held models.

Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
3.  Some Halogenated VOCs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment                     'Water
     Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                   or gas phase

Selectivity:                   Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.

Detection Limits:             10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
                                            Gas/Air
                                            BETTER
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Minutes.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-7
• First Edition

-------
Applicable To:

       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
  SERVICEABLE
Cleanup Performance
     BETTER
  Lone-Term
  Monitoring
SERVICEABLE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.
                             Rental:  $150 - 300 per week.
                             Purchase:  $4,000 - 6,000.

Limitations:

•   Not suitable for detection of semi-volatile compounds.
•   Indicate if VOCs are present but do not identify type (unless combined with GC).
•   May give false positive readings for water vapor.
•   Rain may affect operational performance.
•   High humidity can cause lamp fogging and decreased sensitivity.  This can be significant when
    soil moisture levels are high or when a soil gas well is actually in ground water.
•   High concentrations of methane can cause a downscale deflection of the meter.
•   Rapid variations in temperature at the detector, strong electrical fields, and naturally occurring
    compounds, such as terpenes in wooded areas, may affect instrument response.
•   Hand-held PIDs are not compound-specific.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-8
                                    First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.2   Flame-Ionization Detector                                      ;        ,            !

 Use:   Flame-ionization detectors (FIDsj are most useful for identifying TPH and PAH.

 Description:

 Portable FID instruments detect compounds by using a sampling pump to feed air into a mixing
 chamber. The mixture is ignited as it passes over a pure hydrogen flame which breaks down the
 organic molecules and produces ions (atoms or molecules that have gained or lost electrons and thus
 have a net positive or negative charge).  The ions gather on a collection  plate where a current is
 generated as a result of the high voltage applied across the detector and the organic ions and electrons
 present in the  gas. The magnitude of the current is proportional to the concentration of organic vapors
 within the gas. FIDs are also commonly used as detectors in portable gas chromatographs and have
 several  advantages over photo ionization detectors (PIDs) including a wider measuring range and
 response to  all hydrocarbons including methane.  In addition, FIDs do not give false positive readings
 to water vapor.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 3.  Some low molecular weight halogenated VOCs

 Primarily non-halogenated VOCs and halogenated VOCs.  FIDs are sensitive to a larger number of
 VOCs than a PID (including low molecular weight compounds, such as methane,  ethane, and certain
 toxic gases with high ionization potential, such as carbon tetrachloride and  hydrogen cyanide).
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                Water
     Requires extraction to liquid
             or gas phase
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:
Technique measures the contaminant indirectly. FIDs will provide the
user with a total concentration of VOCs present. Instruments are not
compound-specific and readings may vary from the actual air
concentrations depending on the ion potential of the compound.
Generally, accurate hydrocarbon readings can only be determined for
the calibration gas.  Other hydrocarbon concentrations can be roughly
determined using manufacture-supplied conversion charts.
Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Field.Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-9
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:


 Relative Cost per Analysis:



 Limitations:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
  SERVICEABLE          BETTER
  Long-Term
  Monitoring
SERVICEABLE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.

  Least expensive.
  Rental:  $200 - 300 per week.
  Purchase:  $7,000 - 10,000.
•   FIDs destroy the sample.
•   Indicate if VOCs are present but do not identify type (unless combined with GC).
•   May not be able to completely detect inorganic vapors such as ammonia.
•   Should not be used in areas where there is a potential for explosion.
•   High humidity can cause the FID to flame out or not ignite at all. This can be significant when
    soil moisture levels are high or when a soil gas well is actually in ground water.
•   Can only read organic-based compounds (they must contain carbon in the molecular structure).
•   Respond, poorly to highly halogenated hydrocarbons.
•   Rapid variations in temperature at the detector and strong electrical fields may affect instrument
    response.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-10
           First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS   	                  •	''

 6.2.3   Explosimeter                           '*        ,   ^    i , 1

 Use: .   Explosimeters are used to verify flammable gas concentration in the atmosphere.  Instruments
        can be used in the immediate environment or can draw samples from remote areas through the
        use of sampling lines or probes.

 Description:

 The instrument operates by the catalytic action of a heated filament in contact with combustible gases.
 The filament is heated to operating temperature by passage of an electrical current. When the gas
 sample contacts the heated filament, combustion on the surface raises the temperature in proportion to
 the quantity of combustibles in the sample.  A sensor measures the change in electrical resistance due
 to the temperature increases.  A signal is processed and displayed as the percentage of the combustible
 gas present to the total required to reach the Blower explosive limit (LEL) and/or the percent
 combustible gas by volume.

 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs

 Media:                                                            .
           Soil/Sediment                    Water
    Requires extraction to liquid   Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                  or gas phase

Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part  of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.

Detection Limits:
                                             Gas/Air
                                             BETTER
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
  SERVICEABLE           BETTER
  Lone-Term
  Monitoring
SERVICEABLE
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-11
           First Edition

-------
 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:
Does not produce quantitative data.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
 Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:  Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   The catalytic element of the instrument has a limited life span.
 •   Must be adjusted regularly (approximately once a month).
 •   Gasoline vapors or compounds containing silicone in the test environment could impair the
    instrument.
 •   Not designed for oxygen deficient environments (requires at least 10% oxygen).
 •   Sample is destroyed during analysis.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-12
First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS

 6.2.4   Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector    -,
 Use:   Gas chromatography is used separate volatile organic compounds. When used in combination
        with a detector, Gas Chromatography can be used to identify compounds.

        See 9.1.1 for use with explosives.

 Description: Gas chromatography (GC) consists of four basic components:

        1.  Either a direct injection or purge and trap method is used for sample introduction.

        2.  Separation of a gaseous mixture is accomplished by using an unreactive carrier gas
           (mobile phase) such as nitrogen or helium to drive the mixture though GC column coated
           with nonvolatile liquid or solid sorbent (stationary phase).  Because the components of the
           mixture interact to different extents with the stationary phase, they move along the column
           at different rates causing separation to occur.

        3.  Once the analytes have been separated in the column, they are eluted one after another,
           and then enter a detector attached to the column exit.

        4.  A method of quantifying identified  compounds.

 Detector selection depends on the compounds being analyzed:

 Thermal conductivity (TCD):
Flame-ionization (FID):


Electron Capture (BCD)


Argon-ionization (AID):

Photo ionization (PID):

Electrolytic conductivity (ELCD):

Flame photometric (FPD):
Gas analysis or sample.  Detects oxygen, nitrogen, water, and
other nonhydrocarbons to which other more sensitive detectors
may not respond.

Virtually all hydrocarbon-containing molecules.  Commonly
used for analysis of PAHs, TPHs, and phenols.

Chlorinated, fluorinated, or brominated compounds including
carbon-tetrachloride, PCBs, and pesticides

Aliphatics, aromatics, halomethanes, and haloethanes.

Aromatic molecules such as benzene, toluene, and xylene.

Halogenated and sulfur compounds.

Sulfur gas analysis and organo-phosphate pesticides.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
         6-13
                                                First Edition

-------
 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    4. Halogenated SVOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5. PAHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs        6. Pesticides/Herbicides

 Media:

            Soil/Sediment                    Water
     Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
                                   11.  TPHs
                                              Gas/Air
                                             BETTER
            or gas phase
               or gas phase
 Selectivity:
 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.  GC has very
   good specificity, depending on the detector used, with excellent ability
   to resolve most components in very complex mixtures.
   Low.

   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


   Hours.
    Characterize                                 Long-Term
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
     BETTER              BETTER              BETTER
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Selectivity dependent on the detector type used.
•   GC with PID or FID is less sensitive than GC w/mass spectrometer (see 6.2.8).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-14
First Edition

-------
 ASTM Standards:

 D 5790 - 95    Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column
                GC/MS.

 (Multiple ASTM Standards exist for specific contaminants in a variety of matrices).

 EPA Methods:

 Series 8000           13 methods for specific analytes and detectors
 Series 8100           6 methods for specific analytes and detectors
 Series 500 and 510    9 methods for specific analytes (drinking water analysis)
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-15
                                        First Edition

-------
6     SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	__

6.2.5  Catalytic Surface Oxidation                      *

•Use:   Combustible gas indicator.  Instruments can be used in the immediate environment or can
       draw samples from remote areas through the use of sampling lines or probes.

Description:

Catalytic surface oxidation devices operate in similar fashion to explosimelers (see 6.2.3).

Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
3. Some Halogenated VOCs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment                    Water
     Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
           or gas phase
                                             Gas/Air
                                            BETTER
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
              or gas phase

  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


  Medium.

  10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE           BETTER
Long-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-16
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   The catalytic element of the instrument has a limited life span.
 •   Must be adjusted regularly (approximately once a month).
 •   Gasoline vapors or compounds containing silicone in the test environment could impair the
     instrument.
 •   Not designed for oxygen deficient environments (requires at least 10% oxygen).
 •   Sample is destroyed during analysis.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-17
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS     	

62.6  Detector Tubes

Use:   Identification and analysis of VOCs.

Description:

Each detector tube contains a reagent located on absorbing material which is specifically sensitive to a
particular vapor or gas.  Operation generally involves inserting the tube into a hand-held pump. As the
handle of the pump is pulled, ambient air is drawn inside the tube where it contacts the reagent. The
reagent changes color. The color will move up the tube to indicate the concentration (indicated by a
calibration mark on the tube).

Analytes:

1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
3.  Halogenated VOCs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                  Water ,
        Requires extraction to liquid
               or gas phase
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


  Medium.

  10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent    Cleanup Performance
  SERVICEABLE           BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
 SERVICEABLE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-18
            First Edition

-------
 Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:    Least expensive.
                                                                       «
 Limitations:

 •   The accuracy of detector tube measurements are greatly affected by the flow rate and volume of air
     drawn through the pump. If the flow rate or volume varies, the sample will not be accurate.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-19
                                        First Edition

-------
6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

6.2.7   Mass Spectrometry                                                                 •

Use:    Determines the masses of atoms or molecules found in a solid, liquid, or gas. Often used in
        combination with gas chromatography (see 6.2.8)

        See 9.1.2 for use with explosives.

Description:

A mass spectrometer produces charged particles (ions) from the chemical substances that are to be
analyzed and then uses electric and magnetic fields to measure the mass (weight) of the charged particles.
Distinctive mass/charge ratios allow for identification of compounds, while the magnitude of ion currents
at various mass settings is related to concentration.  Major components of the mass spectrometer include:
(1) the inlet system, (2) the ion source, (3) the electrostatic accelerating system, and (4) the detector and
readout system that gives a mass spectrum recording the numbers of different ions.

When a sample is introduced into the mass spectrometer, electron bombardment causes the parent
molecule to lose an electron and form a positive ion. Some of the parent ions also are fragmented into
characteristic daughter ions.  All of the ions are accelerated, separated, and focused on an ion detector by
means of either a magnetic field or a quadrupole mass analyzer. Using microgram quantities of pure
materials, the mass  spectrometer yields information about the molecular weight and presence of other
atoms within the molecule, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and halogens. The most favorable routes for
decomposition provide the most intense peaks in the mass spectrum. High resolution spectra contain so
much data that computers are used for molecular structure analysis and acquisition of data in a form
easily assimilated by the operator.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
4. Halogenated SVOCs
5. PAHs
6. Pesticides/Herbicides
Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                Water
      Requires extraction to liquid
             or gas phase
 Gas/'Air
BETTER
Selectivity:
Technique measures the specific contaminant directly. Mass
spectrometry has very good specificity in a noncomplex matrix;
however, it has poor resolution in complex mixtures (can be overcome
by using GC/MS).
Susceptibility to Interference:  Medium.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-20
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
        Screen/Identify
         ADEQUATE

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Analysis:

 Limitations:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
  Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
 Lone-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Produces semi-quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.

  Most expensive.
 •   Bulky requiring high vacuum pumps and a large amount of power
 •   Due to the complexity of the instrumentation, setup time can be long.
 •   Calibration procedures are more time consuming than for GC.
 •   Sensitivity and resolution for field instruments is not as good as that achieved by laboratory
    instruments.
 •   May not detect certain semi-volatile compounds such as benzopyrenes.
 •   Poor resolution in complex sample mixture.
 •   Maximum analyte molecular weight of 400 due to requirement for volatilizing sample.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 5790 - 95   Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column
              GC/MS.

 (Multiple ASTM Standards exist for specific contaminants in a variety of matrices).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-21
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

6.2.8  GC/MS

Use:   GC/MS is a hybrid technique that combines the separation capability of the gas chromatograph
       (GC) (see 6.2.4), the analytical capability of the mass spectrometer (MS) (see 6.2.7), and the
       capability to provide real-time, on-site data. GC/MS is the preferred technology for analysis
       of complex mixtures.

       See 9.1.3 for use with explosives.

Description:

GC/MS systems allow better resolution of components in complex mixtures than mass spectrometry
alone and are most commonly used for unequivocal identification of hazardous compounds A GC is
essentially a highly efficient device for separating a complex mixture into individual components.
When a mixture of components is injected into a GC equipped with an appropriate column and carrier
gas, the components travel through the column at different rates.  A mass spectrometer (MS) located at
the end of the column can then analyze each component separately as it leaves the column. In
essence, the GC allows the mass spectrometer to analyze a complex mixture as a series of pure
components.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs   4.
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  5.
3. Halogenated VOCs        6.

Media:
   Halogenated SVOCs
   PAHs
   Pesticides/Herbicides
           Soil/Sediment                     Water
    Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                   or gas phase
                                           Gas/Air
                                          BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.

Detection Limits:             100-100 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
More than a day (due to calibration requirements).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-22
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
  Applicable To:


         Screen/Identify
           BETTER

  Quantitative Data
  Capability:

  Technology Status:

  Certification /Verification:
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Produces quantitative data.

 ' Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Calibration of portable GC/MS systems can be time consuming.
 •   GC portion of the system requires a library of retention times to identify compounds, and non-
     target compounds could be difficult to identify if detected analytes are not in the library or the
     quality of the library match is too low to make positive identification.
 •   MS portion of the system requires a library of spectra.
 •   See limitations in 6.2.4 and 6.2.7.

 ASTM Standards:

 D 5790 - 95   Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column
               GC/MS.                                           '

 (Multiple ASTM Standards exist for specific contaminants in a variety of matrices).

 EPA Methods:

 Series 8200    5 Methods for Specific Analytes and Equipment Capabilities.
 Series 520     3 Methods for Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water (drinking water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-23
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS,SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS    	

 6.2.9   GC/Ion Trap MS

 Use:    Gas Chromatography/Ion Trap Mass Spectrometry (GC/Ion Trap MS) is a hybrid technique that
        combines the separation capability of the gas chromatograph (GC) (see 6.2.4), the analytical
        capability of the ion trap mass spectrometer (Ion Trap MS) (see 6.2.10), and the capability to
        provide real-time, on-site data. The Ion Trap MS determines the masses of atoms or molecules
        found in a solid, liquid, or gas, particularly VOCs.

 Description:

 GC/Ion Trap MS systems are similar to GC/MS systems (6.2.8). The GC separates a complex mixture
 into individual components, allowing the ion trap mass spectrometer to analyze the mixture as a series of
 pure components. The advantage of the ion trap  mass spectrometer (compared with the mass
 spectrometer) is a more compact design and the ability to trap and accumulate ions to increase the signal-
 to-noise ratio of a measurement.  The ion trap mass spectrometer uses three electrodes to trap ions in a
 small volume. The mass analyzer consists of a ring electrode separating two hemispherical electrodes. A
 mass spectrum is obtained by changing the electrode voltages to eject the ions from the trap.
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs
   4. Halogenated SVOCs
   5. PAHs
   6. Pesticides/Herbicides
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                   Water
         Requires extraction to liquid
                or gas phase
                        Gas/Air
                        BETTER
Selectivity:
   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.
Susceptibility to Interference:  Low.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
       ADEQUATE
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
   Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
     BETTER
Cleanup Performance
     BETTER
 Long-Term
 Monitorins
ADEQUATE
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-24
                                   First Edition

-------
 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Analysis:

 Limitations:
Produces quantitative data.

Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Most expensive.
 •    Setup time and calibration of portable GC/Ion Trap MS systems can be time consuming.
 •    GC portion of the system requires a library of retention times to identify compounds, and non-target
     compounds could be difficult to identify if detected analytes are not in the library or the quality of the
     library match is too low to make positive identification.
 •    Ion Trap MS portion of the system requires a library of spectra.
 •    Can not detect certain semi-volatile compounds such as benzopyrenes.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-25
                                                        First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.10  Ion Trap MS                                                        '/

 Use:    Determines the masses of atoms or molecules found in a solid, liquid, or gas, particularly
        VOCs.

 Description:

 Ion trap mass spectrometer uses three electrodes to trap ions in a small volume.  The mass analyzer
 consists of a ring electrode separating two hemispherical electrodes. A mass spectrum is obtained by
 changing the electrode voltages to eject the ions from the trap. The advantages of the ion trap mass
 spectrometer include compact size and the ability to trap and accumulate ions to increase the signal-to-
 noise ratio of a measurement.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs   4. Halogenated SVOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs  5. PAHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs        6. Pesticides/Herbicides
Media:
           Soil/Sediment                   •  Water
     Requires extraction to liquid   Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                  or gas phase
                                             Gas/Air
                                             BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
Lone-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-26
         First Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •       Bulky requiring high vacuum pumps and a large amount of power.
 •       Due to the complexity of the instrumentation, setup time can be long.
 •       Calibration procedures are more time consuming than for GC.
 •       Sensitivity and resolution for field instruments is not as good as that achieved by laboratory
        instruments.
 •       May not detect certain semi-volatile compounds such as benzopyrenes.
 •       Poor resolution in complex sample mixture.
 •       High interference when analyzing sludges.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for  this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-27
                                       First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.11  Ion Mobility Spectrometer                                                      ,

 Use:    Ion mobility spectrometry (IMS) is a technique used to detect and characterize organic vapors
        in air. Recent development of portable IMS detectors might make the technique an alternative
        to FID and GC.

        See 9.1.4 for use with explosives.

 Description:

 Ion mobility spectrometry analysis is based on analyte separations resulting from ionic mobilities
 rather than ionic masses. A sampling pump draws air through a semipermeable membrane, which is
 selected to exclude or attenuate possible interferents.  The sample is ionized in a reaction region
 through interaction with a weak plasma of positive and negative ions produced by a radioactive source.
 A shutter grid allows periodic introduction of the ions into a drift tube, where they separate based on
 charge,  mass, and shape with the arrival time recorded by a detector. The identity of the molecules is
 determined using a computer to match the signals to IMS signatures held in memory. If the IMS
 signature is known, it is also possible to program the instrument to detect specific compounds of
 interest.  IMS  operates at atmospheric pressure, a characteristic that has practical advantages over mass
 spectrometry, including smaller size, lower power requirements,  less weight, and ease of use.
                             4.  Halogenated SVOCs
                             6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
3. Halogenated VOCs

Media:
           Soil/Sediment                    Water
     Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                  or gas phase
                                                                        Gas/Air
                                                                        BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

Detection Limits:             100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
                             Minutes.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                             6-28
First Edition

-------
Applicable To:


       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
    Characterize                                 Lons-Term
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
   ADEQUATE            BETTER           ADEQUATE
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Provides specific identification of fewer compounds than GC or MS.
•   Is better than MS at identifying certain target compounds in a complex mixture, but GC provides
    better resolution in this situation.
•   Requires a library of ion mobilities.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-29
First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS

 6.2.12  Ultraviolet(UV)Fluorescence                            ..^/•/••..^!'/%. ":i: l;L'-S-;-,

 Use:   Ultraviolet (UV) fluorescence has been used in a number of applications for field screening
        including:  (1) semi-quantitative analysis of solvent extracted PAHs, (2) in conjunction with
        fiber optic sensors (see 6.1.1), and (3) as a surface contamination detector, in which a non-
        fluorescing substance sprayed on the ground surface reacts chemically with the contaminant of
        interest to  form a substance that fluoresces with UV excitation.

 Description:

 Light emission from atoms or molecules can be used to quantify the amount of the emitting substance
 in a sample.  Fluorometry  is a spectroscopic technique in which the electronic state of a molecule is
 elevated by absorption of electromagnetic radiation. When the molecule returns to its ground state,
 radiation is emitted to produce a distinctive excitation and emission spectrum. Instruments used for
 fluorometric analysis contain four basic components:

        1.  Source of excitation energy (such as UV, laser (see 6.1.2), x-ray (see 7.1.3)).

        2.  Sample cuvette.

        3.  Detector to measure photoluminescence

        4.  Pair of filters or monochromators for selecting the excitation and emission wavelengths.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
           ADEQUATE
               Water
              BETTER
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

Detection Limits:             100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Hours.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-30
             First Edition

-------
Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
    Characterize               •        i          Long-Term
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
   ADEQUATE            BETTER              BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program ^

Relative Cost per Analysis:  Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Analysis of complex samples can be difficult due to spectral overlap of different luminescent
    compounds.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-31
First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.13  Synchronous Luminescence/Fluorescence                           ?  '•-    ;   ;  ,  "

 Use:   Semi-quantitative analysis of PAHs and field screening of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and
        xylene (BTEX).

 Description:

 Synchronous luminescence/fluorescence involves the use of both emission and excitation
 monochromators to record the luminescence signal which allows greater selectivity in the analysis of
 environmental samples.  Instruments use a sweeping motion, similar to using a metal detector, to scan
 the site.  During this operation, light of a narrow wavelength is projected from the detector head onto
 the surface being inspected causing excitation fluorescence of the targeted materials.  Low level light
 energy released from the excited material's fluorescence is: (1) filtered to reject unwanted wavelengths
 of reflected and ambient light, (2) amplified, (3) converted to a video signal, and (4) relayed to the
 monitor. Light areas displayed on the monitor's darker background indicate the presence of
 contamination to the operator.

 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 3. Halogenated VOCs
 4. Halogenated SVOCs
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
       Requires extraction to a
         liquid or gas phase
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

Detection Limits:
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER
   100-1000 ppb (soil);  1-50 ppb (water).


   Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
    Long-Term
    Monitoring
     BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-32
             First Edition

-------
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
Data become quantitative with additional effort.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification  program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Surface texture and porosity combined with weathering of spill will affect detection capabilities.
•   Use over snow or heavy frost and highly reflective surfaces could inhibit instrument operation.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                               6-33
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS      	'

  6.2.14  UV-Visible Spectrophotometry

  Use:    Spectrophotometry encompasses a number of techniques involving measurement of the
         absorption spectra of narrow band widths of radiation.

  Description:

  A simple spectrophotometer consists of the following

         1.  Radiation source.

        2.  Monochromator containing a prism or grating which disperses the light so that only a
            limited wavelength or frequency range is allowed to irradiate the sample.

        3.  Detector which measures the amount of light transmitted by the sample.

 Visible spectrometry covers the range of 380 to 780 nm and uses tungsten lamps as the radiation
 source, glass or quartz prisms in the monochromators, and photo-multiplier cells as the detector.

 UV spectrometers cover the region from 200 to 400 nm and usually use a hydrogen lamp as a
 radiation source, a quartz prism in the monochromator, and a photo-multiplier tube as the detector.

 Requires extraction to a liquid that does not adsorb UV (hexane).

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    5. PAHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
               Water
              BETTER
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.

Detection Limits:             100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Minutes.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-34
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
    Characterize                                 Lone-Term
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
    ADEQUATE            BETTER             BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Extensive sample preparation required.
•   Limited field application.

EPA Methods:

9065   Phenolics (Spectrophotometric, Manual 4-AAP with Distillation).
9067   Phenolics (Spectrophotometric, Manual MBTH with Distillation).
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-35
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

  6.2.15 Infrared Spectroscopy                                        4  -v     ; ^    ,

  Use:   Identification of organic and organometallic molecules.

  Description:

  Infrared (IR) spectroscopy is the measurement of the wavelength and intensity of the absorption of
  mid-infrared light by a sample.  Mid-infrared light, wavelength of 2.5 - 50 urn (lywm= lxl()-6m), is
  energetic enough to excite molecular vibrations to higher energy levels.  The wavelengths of IR
  absorption bands are characteristic of specific types of chemical bonds, and different inorganic or organic
  functional groups have distinctive absorption spectra that help identify mineral or chemical phases in a
  sample.

  Analytes:

  1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
  2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs
  3. Halogenated VOCs
  4. Halogenated SVOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
      Requires extraction to liquid
             or gas phase
                  Water
        Requires extraction to liquid
               or gas phase
 Gas/Air
BETTER
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:
   Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


   High.

   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10ppm (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.
  Long-Term
  Monitoring
   BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-36
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   For solid samples, particle size must be less than the wavelength of the infrared radiation.
•   Moisture can cause interference.

EPA Methods:

8440   Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons by IR Spectrophotometry.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-37
                                                                                       First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS       	

  6.2.16 Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy              ?             i

  Use:   Monitoring of air contaminants.

  Description:

  Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy measures the absorption caused by infrared active
  molecules. This technique involves generation of a light beam over a range of wavelengths in the
  near-IR portion of the spectrum.  The beam passes through a parcel of atmosphere in which chemical
  species absorb IR radiation at characteristic wavelengths.  The beam is reflected directly back on itself
  to the receiver/transmitter.  The received spectrum  is compared to a library spectrum for each chemical
  compound of interest so that the compounds present can be identified and qualified. Data analysis is
  conducted using a PC and a software package.

  Analytes:

  1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    11.  TPHs
  3. Halogenated VOCs

 Media:

            Soil/Sediment                    Water
      Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                                                s/Air
                                             BETTER
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:
               or gas phase

   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.


   Medium.

   100-1000 ppb (soil);  1-50 ppb (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.
Lons-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-38
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Field-portable instrumentation still in the developmental stages.
•   Lack of field durability may affect performance.
•   Primary use is air monitoring for VOCs.

EPA Methods:                              ;

8410   GC/FTIR Spectrometry for SVOCs:  Capillary Column.
8430   Analysis of Bis (2-chloroethyl)  Ether and Hydrolysis Products by Direct Aqueous Injection
        GC/FTIR.
 Field SamplingVand Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-39
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	_____

  6.2.17  Scattering/absorption LIDAR    .....    ..   >•-,. .'   \-.,^ •"' ^:.!i7,3m/;%t: 3S

  Use:    Light detection and ranging (LIDAR) measurements of atmospheric trace gases have
         historically employed two basic techniques: elastic scattering differential absorption LIDAR
         (DIAL) and inelastic scattering Raman LIDAR.

  Description:

  Several  techniques have been  used to demonstrate the DIAL technique including wavelength
 modulation and FM spectroscopy.  Wavelength modulation usually employs a low frequency dither (5
 kHz) and derivative spectroscopy techniques to  lock the laser to the molecular absorption line for the
 on-line measurement.  An additional measurement  is then made off-line.  The ratio of on-line to off-
 line LIDAR measurements is used to infer the absorber concentration. FM spectroscopy utilizes a high
 frequency small signal modulation applied to the laser. The modulation frequency must be greater than
 the spectral width of the absorption feature in order to probe the molecular absorption line with one  of
 the FM sidebands. As one sideband is tuned through an absorption line, a balanced receiver generates
 a beat frequency as the upper  and lower sidebands  become unbalanced. The  quadrature component of
 the detected signal is proportional to the differential absorption. FM spectroscopy techniques using
 tunable diode lasers provide the most sensitive means to measure trace gas concentration using
 differential  absorption LIDAR.

 The Raman LIDAR technique involves detecting transmitted laser radiation which has  been shifted in
 wavelength due to interaction with the scattering molecule. This wavelength shift is equal in energy to
 a vibrational-rotational or rotational transition in the scattering molecule.  Thus, the primary advantage
 of Raman LIDAR compared to DIAL is that it offers a direct measure of species concentration or
 mixing ratio by comparing the Raman signal of the scatterer to the Raman signal of N2 or O2.
 However, Raman scattering is  a very weak process  and the signal can be  two to four orders of
 magnitude weaker than the elastic backscattered signal.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
Media:

            Soil/Sediment                     Water
     Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                   or gas phase

Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.
                            Gas/Air
                           BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-40
                                       First Edition

-------
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
Lons-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:  Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Limited field applications.
•   Requires extensive experience for proper operation.
•   Data interpretation may be complex.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-41
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
  6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

  6.2.18  Raman Spectrbscopy/Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS)            r

 Use:    Raman spectroscopy encompasses a variety of techniques that involve the detection and
         analysis of the scattering of radiation (see 6.2.17).

 Description:

 Raman spectroscopy is the measurement of the wavelength and intensity of inelastically scattered light
 from molecules.  When electromagnetic radiation passes through matter, most of the radiation
 continues in its original direction but a small fraction .is scattered in other directions, as indicated
 below:
     Rayleigh scattering:

     Brillouin scattering:


     Raman scattering:
Light that is scattered at the same wavelength as the incoming light

Light that is scattered in transparent solids due to vibrations (photons).
Typically shifted by 0.1 to 1 cm"1 from the incident light.

Light that is scattered due to vibrations in molecules or optical phonons
in solids.  Shifted by as much as 4,000 cm'1 from the incident light.
 The mechanism of Raman scattering is different from that of infrared absorption (see 6.2.15 and
 6.2.16), and the spectra used for each technique provide complementary information.  Surface
 Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS) is a modification of Raman spectroscopy.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs
 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs   5.  PAHs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs        11. TPH
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
               phase
                Water
               BETTER
         Gas/Air
Requires extraction to liquid
          phase
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:
 Technique measures a part of the compound.


 High.

 100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-42
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
Long-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:                                                                           •

•   Only functional analyte groups can be identified.
•   Data interpretation can be complex.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   6-43
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2    EX-StTU ANALYSIS	     ,	

  6.2.19  Near IR Reflectance/Transmission Spectrometry    4f        n

  Use:    Airborne remote sensing identification of subsurface VOC contamination.

  Description:

  Near infrared (IR) reflectance/transmission spectroscopy utilizes reflectance signals resulting from
  bending and stretching vibrations in molecular bonds between carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen, and oxygen.
  Calibration is required to correlate the spectral response of each sample at individual wavelengths to
  known chemical concentrations from laboratory analyses.

  Analytes:

  1. Non-Halogenated VOCs
  3. Halogenated VOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
              BETTER
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
                  Water
              Not Applicable

   Technique measures a part of the compound.
   High.

   500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE           BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
     Long-Term
     Monitoring
      BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-44
                                                                                 First Edition

-------
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Not useful for analysis of complex matrices.
•   Not applicable to liquid or gas media.
•   Requires airborne platform.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-45
First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

  6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

  6.2.20  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits

  Use:    Field screening of individual contaminants.

         See 7.1.6 for use with metals and 9.1.8 for use with explosives.

  Description:

  Immunoassay technology relies on an antibody that is developed to have a high degree of sensitivity to
  the target compound. This antibody's high specificity is coupled within a sensitive colorimetric
  reaction that provides a visual result. The intensity of the color formed is inversely proportional to the
  concentration of the target analyte in the sample. The absence/determination is made by comparing
  the color developed by a sample of unknown concentration to the color formed with the standard
  containing the analyte at a known concentration.

 Analytes:

  1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    5.  PAHs
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs   6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
 3. Halogenated VOCs        ll.TPH
 4. Halogenated SVOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
 Selectivity:                  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

 Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identity
         BETTER
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE           BETTER
     Lons-Term
     Monitoring
    ADEQUATE
Quantitative Data
Capability:
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-46
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
 Certification /Verification:    Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification  program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.
                              Kits:  $10^$25 per sample - does not include equipment.

 Limitations:

 •   Not applicable for all classes of small, environmentally significant molecules; for example, long
    chain aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds and most transition metals.
 •   Temperature extremes can affect test results; the operational temperature ranges are typically
    between 40°F and 100°F.
 •   Can be affected by specific matrix conditions. For example, analyte recovery for analytes like
    PCB and PAH can be affected by excessive soil moisture.
 •   Percent levels of oil can result in false positive results.
 •   Prior knowledge of analytes and potential interferences strongly recommended.

 EPA Methods:

 Series 4000     11 Methods for Specific Analytes.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-47
                                                        First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.21  Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor

 Use:    Ambient air quality monitoring of VOCs.

         See 7.1.9 for use with metals.

 Description:

 Amperometric and galvanic cell sensors measure an electrochemical response when the sensor comes
 into contact with the analyte of interest. Each probe contains a sensor which is specifically sensitive to
 a particular gas or vapor.  An internal pump  draws an air sample into the analyzer. These sensors
 typically consist of electrodes in contact with an electrolyte-saturated insulator.  Selective membranes
 allow the gas of interest to enter the insulator, and redox reaction on the sensing-electrode surface
 generates a current that is proportional to the analyte concentration. When an analyte is present, it will
 absorb to the thin-film sensor which undergoes a change in electrical resistance proportional to the
 mass of analyte absorbed onto its surface.  This change is measured and converted to a vapor
 concentration which is displayed on the readout of the analyzer.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
      Requires extraction to gas
               phase
                Water
           Not Applicable
 Gas/Air
BETTER
 Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

 Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

 Detection Limits:            100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
Minutes.
                              Characterize                                 Low-Term
       Screen/Identify      Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
          BETTER            ADEQUATE            BETTER              BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-48
                                                      First Edition

-------
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
Data become quantitative with additional effort.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Separate sensor required for each compound of interest.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.              ...  •   •
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-49
                                                        First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	   '

 6.2.22 Semiconductor Sensors

 Use:   Screening for chlorinated hydrocarbons in water and gas samples.

 Description:

 Semiconductor sensors are designed to respond electrically to the substance of interest.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                  Water
                BETTER
   s/Air
BETTER
 Selectivity:                  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

 Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE           BETTER
  Long-Term
  Monitoring
   BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-50
                                                       First Edition

-------
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.




Limitations:




•   Limited field application capability.




ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:




No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-51
                                        First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 62    EX-SITU ANALYSIS

 6.2.23 Piezoelectric Sensors                                                        >

 Use:   Screening for chlorinated hydrocarbons and other VOC gases.

 Description:

 Sensors using piezoelectric materials develop an electrical response to changes in pressure. Typically,
 oscillating materials are used as sensitive gravimetric detectors.  Selective coatings allow specific
 organic solvent vapors to be sorbed on the crystal. The increased mass of the crystal resulting from
 sorption changes the frequency of oscillation, which can be correlated with concentration.

 Analytes:

 1.  Non-Halogenated VOCs
 3.  Halogenated VOCs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                  Water
         Requires extraction to gas
                  phase
 Gas/Air
BETTER
 Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

 Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
   BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-52
           First Edition

-------
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Difficulty in developing selective coatings that are not affected by complex mixtures.
•   Separate sensor is required for each compound of interest.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-53
                                        First Edition

-------
 6       SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
 6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.24  Field Bioassessment
 Use:
        Subjective interpretation made by a bioassessment expert biologist as to the potential impact of
        a chemical or the health of an ecosystem.

        See 7.1.10 for use with metals,  8.2.6 for use with radionuclides, and 9.1.5 for use with
        explosives.

 Description:

 Field bioassessments provide an indication of the potential for ecological risk (or lack thereof) that can
 be used to: (1) estimate the  likelihood that ecological risk exists; (2) identify the need for site-specific
 data collection efforts; and (3) focus site-specific ecological risk assessments where warranted.  Initial
 screening-level assessments  are not designed or intended to provide definitive estimates of actual risk,
 generate cleanup goals, and  are not based upon site-specific assumptions. Rather, their purpose is to
 assess the need to conduct a detailed ecological risk assessment for a particular site. To conduct an
 initial screening-level assessment for ecological risk, the following steps should be followed:

        1.  Initial information needs should include general knowledge of the nature and extent of
           chemical contamination at the site, the areal extent of contamination, existing ecological
           habitat types, and identified pathways for migration of a contaminant off site.

        2.  Comparison to existing screening values from the appropriate literature are made based on
           the media.

        3.  Comparison to background or reference values (areas surrounding a site, but which are not
           influenced by the site).

        4.  Literature search of studies that evaluate the toxicity and toxic mechanisms of chemicals
           may be used to evaluate potential risk.

        5.  Develop  hazard  quotients which compare estimated exposure concentrations to measured
           or predicted concentrations of a contaminant shown to cause adverse ecological effects.
           The comparisons are expressed as ratios of potential intake values to documented effect
           values.

Analytes:

1. Non-Halogenated VOCs    4.  Halogenated SVOCs
2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  5.  PAHs
3. Halogenated VOCs        6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                              6-54
First Edition

-------
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                 Water
                BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  Not Applicable


  More than a day.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER          SERVICEABLE
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
  ADEQUATE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                            verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Requires field bioassessment expert.
•   No established standard bioassessment protocols.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-55
           First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	   •

 6.2.25 Toxicity Tests                                                        ^            i

 Use:   Toxicity tests use specific aquatic and terrestrial organisms and/or microorganisms to measure
        biological response to specific contaminants or mixtures of contaminants.

        See 7.1.11 for use with metals, 8.2.7 for use with radionuclides, and 9.1.6 for use with
        explosives.

 Description:

 The toxicity test consists of luminescent microorganisms which emit light as a normal consequence of
 respiration and a temperature controlled luminometer which reads the bacterial light output. Chemicals
 or chemical mixtures which are toxic to the bacteria cause a reduction in light output proportional to
 the strength of the toxin. A computer is linked to the system to provide data processing and storage
 capabilities.

 Analytes:

 1. Non-Halogenated VOCs   4.  Halogenated SVOCs
 2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs  5.  PAHs
 3. Halogenated VOCs        6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                  Water
                BETTER
                        Gas/Air
                       BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference:       High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER
  Not Applicable
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
     BETTER
Cleanup Performance
  SERVICEABLE
Long-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-56
                                                        First Edition

-------
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
Data become quantitative with additional effort.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Total toxicity of a sample can be readily measured, but'the nature of the contaminant must still be
    determined by chemical analysis.
•   Temperature, pH, and handling may affect organisms/microorganisms, thus affecting results.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-57
First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
 6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	

 6.2.26  Room-Temperature Phosphorimetry

 Use:   Analyzing halogenated SVOCs, PAHs, pesticides and herbicides, and PCBs.

 Description:

 Room-temperature phosphorimetry is based on detecting the. phosphorescence emitted from organic
 compounds absorbed on solid substrates at ambient temperatures (conventional phosphorimetry
 requires cryogenic (low temperature) equipment).  Instrument design is similar to fluorescence
 techniques (see 6.2.12 and 6.2.13).
 Analytes:

 4.  Halogenated SVOCs
 5.  PAHs
 6.  Pesticides/Herbicides
   12.  PCBs
 Media:
           Soil/Sediment
           ADEQUATE
                 Water
                BETTER
  Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:
   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.
Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
  Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE           BETTER
    Lone-Term
    Monitoring
     BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-58
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

 Limitations:

 •   Analysis of complex samples can be difficult due to spectral overlap of different luminescent
    compounds.
 •   Limited field .applications.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
6-59
                                       First Edition

-------
 6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES

 6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

 ,6.2.27  Chemical Colorimetric Kits

 Use:    Chemical colorimetric kits are self-contained portable kits for analyzing soil or water samples
         for the presence of a variety of inorganic and organic compounds.  These tests require no
         instrumentation and can be performed in the field with little or no training.  Should only be
         used as an indication or screening device.

         See 7.1.4 for use with metals and 9.1.7 for explosives.

 Description:

 Colonmetry involves mixing of reagents of known concentrations with a test solution in specified
 amounts that result in chemical reactions in which the absorption of radiant energy (color of the
 solution) is a function of the concentration of the analyte of interest. At the simplest level,
 concentrations can be estimated with visual comparators.

 Analytes:

 2.  Non-Halogenated SVOCs
 4.  Halogenated SVOCs
 5.  PAHs
 ll.TPHs
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
            ADEQUATE
               Water
              BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


Medium.

10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


Minutes.
Screen/Identify
BETTER
Characterize
Concentration/Extent Cleanup Performance
ADEQUATE BETTER
Lons-Term
Monitoring
BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-60
                                                      First Edition

-------
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
Data become quantitative with additional effort.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

Limitations:

•   Time consuming if a large number of samples must be analyzed.
•   Each analyte of interest requires different reagents and test procedures.
•   Samples with a wide variety of contaminants may give false positive results.

EPA Methods:

Series 400     Multiple Methods for Analysis of Organics (drinking water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-61
First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
  6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS	_^

  6.2.28  Free Product Sensors                                                        ;;

  Use:    The free product sensor is designed to give an accurate measurement of liquids lighter than
         water.

  Description:

  A 1.5-inch (38-mm) diameter probe includes a highly visible light with audible signal to indicate the
  presence of water and light immiscible liquids.

 Analytes:

  11. TPH

 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
           Not Applicable
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
                  Water
                BETTER

   Technique measures a part of the compound.
   Low.

   500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER             BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
     Long-Term
     Monitoring
      BETTER
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  6-62
                                                       First Edition

-------
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.




Limitations:                                                     .




•   Primarily for detecting analytes (gasoline, diesel) floating on top of an aquifer.




ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:




No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
 field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          6-63
                                                                                        First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
  6.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
  6.2.29 Ground Penetrating Radar
  Use:   Ground penetration radar (GPR) is most commonly used for locating buried objects (such as
         tanks, pipes, and drums); mapping the depth of the shallow water table; identifying soil
         horizons and bedrock subsurface; mapping of trench boundaries; delineating karst features and
         the physical integrity of manmade earthen structures; and selecting locations for installation of
         suction samplers in the vadose zone.

  Description:

  GPR utilizes a transmitting and a receiving antenna which are dragged along the ground surface. The
  small transmitting antenna radiates short pulses of high-frequency radio waves (ranging from 10 to
  1,000 MHz) into the ground, and the receiving  antenna records variations in the reflected return signal.
  The principles involved are similar to reflection seismology, except that electromagnetic energy is used
  instead of acoustic energy, and the resulting image is relatively easy to interpret.  Continuous
  microwave technologies are similar to GPR except that a range of frequencies  is continuously emitted
  resulting in interference patterns between the emitted and reflected  wave.  The spacing (in frequency)
  between interference maxima or minima as the  emitting frequency changes measures the depth of the
 reflecting surface.  Best penetration is achieved in dry sandy soils or massive dry materials such as
 granite, limestone, and  concrete.  GPR provides the greatest resolution of currently available surface
 geophysical methods and is the only reliable method for detecting buried plastic containers.

 Analytes:

  11. TPH
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
            ADEQUATE
                Water
           SERVICEABLE
      s/Air
Not Applicable
 Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.

 Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:
500+ ppm (soil);  100+ ppm (water).
More than a day.  The depth of the buried layer or object being
analyzed determines the time it takes the radar pulses to travel from
the surface antenna to the target and back to the receiving antenna.
Generally, moisture content of the media being examined will have the
greatest effect on time requirements. The greater the amount of water
saturation, the lower the radar velocity and the lower the object will
appear in the radar profile.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-64
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
Applicable To:


       Screen/Identify
        ADEQUATE

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification /Verification:
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
     BETTER
Cleanup Performance
    ADEQUATE
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
 .  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

   Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

   Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
   verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

Limitations:

•   Depth of penetration (typically 1 to 15 meters) is less than direct current (DC) resistivity and
    electromagnetic (EM) methods, and is further reduced in moist and/or clayey soils and soils with
    high electrical conductivity.
•   Trade off between resolution and depth of penetration.
•   Bulkiness of equipment can limit use in rough terrain.
•   FM radio transmissions might interfere with signals depending on the frequency.
•   Unshielded antennas are susceptible to interference by metallic materials.
•   Bouldery till might  scatter signal, masking underlying bedrock.
•   Unprocessed images require processing as they provide only approximate shapes and depths
    (continuous microwave methods are still in developmental stages).

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                               6-65
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  6      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for VOCS, SVOCs, and PESTICIDES
  6.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

  6.2.30 Thin-Layer Chromatography

  Use:   Separation of polynuclear aromatic compounds.

  Description:

  Thin-layer chromatography consists of a stationary phase immobilized on a glass or plastic plate and a
  solvent.  The sample, either liquid or dissolved in a volatile solvent (n-butanol and cellulose acetate),
  is deposited as a spot on the stationary phase.  The constituents of a sample can be identified by
  simultaneously running standards with the unknown.  One edge of the plate is then placed in a solvent
  reservoir and the solvent moves up  the plate by capillary action. When the solvent front reaches the
  other edge of the stationary phase, the plate is removed from the solvent reservoir.  The separated
  spots are visualized with ultraviolet light or by placing the plate in iodine vapor. The different
  components in the mixture move up the plate at different rates due to differences in their partitioning
  behavior between the mobile liquid phase and the stationary phase.

  Analytes:

  2. Non-Halogenated SVOCs

  Media:
            Soil/Sediment
      Requires extraction to liquid
                phase
                Water
              BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
 Selectivity:

 Susceptibility to
 Interference:

 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
 Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


 Medium.

 100-1000 ppb (soil);  1-50 ppb (water).


 Hours.
                              Characterize                                 Lorn-Term
       Screen/Identify      Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance        Monitorine
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:
   BETTER              BETTER
Produces quantitative data.
      BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                6-66
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Limited field experience.
•   Time consuming, labor intensive.
•   Limited number of analytes that can be quantified.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 6-67
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           6-68
                                                                                                   First Edition

-------
       SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
       7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS

              7.1.1   Atomic Absorption (AA) Spectroscopy	  7-3
              7.1.2   Inductively-Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES)  .  7-5
              7.1.3   X-Ray Fluorescence  	  7-7
              7.1.4   Chemical Colorimetric Kits	  7-9
              7.1.5   Titrimetry Kits  .	7-11
              7.1.6   Immunassay Colorimetric Kits	7-13
              7.1.7   Anodic Stripping Voltammetry	7-15
              7.1.8   Fluorescence Spectrophotometry	7-17
              7.1.9   Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor  .	7-19
              7.1.10  Field Bioassessment	7-21
              7.1.11  Toxicity Tests	7-23
              7.1.12  Ion Chromatography	7-25
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
7-1
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix            7-2                                          First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7J. jlAt^mtiC Absorption (AA) Spectroscopy  •                    /                       ,

Use:   Analyzing heavy metals.

Description:

Atomic absorption (AA) Spectroscopy involves the absorption of radiant energy by neutral atoms in
the gaseous state. Since samples are usually liquids or solids, the analyte atoms or ions must be  .
vaporized in a flame or graphite furnace. The atoms absorb ultraviolet or visible light and make
transitions to higher electronic energy levels. The analyte concentration is determined from the amount
of absorption.

All AA Spectroscopy instruments have the following basic  features:

    1.  Light/radiant energy source that emits resonance line radiation.

    2.  Sample chamber where sample is fed as an aerosol and vaporized.  Samples are generally
       vaporized either by a flame (aerosol mixed with fuel and oxidant gas) or furnace.

    3.  Device for selecting only one of the characteristic wavelengths (visible or ultraviolet) of the
       element being determined.

    4.  Detector, generally a photomultiplier tube (light detectors that are useful in low intensity
       applications), which measures the amount of absorption.

    5.  Readout system (strip chart recorder, digital display,  meter, or printer).

More sophisticated instruments can have more than one channel for simultaneous determination of
more than one element. Multi-element sequential instruments can be programmed to automatically
determine chosen elements sequentially.

Analytes:

7.  Metals

Media:

            Soil/Sediment                     Water                       Gas/Air
     Requires extraction to liquid        Reguires extraction                 BETTER
                phase

Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.

Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          7-3                                     First Edition

-------
 Detection Limits:            100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:                 More than a day.

 Applicable To:

                              Characterize                                Long-Term
       Screen/Identify      Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
      SERVICEABLE          BETTER          SERVICEABLE        ADEQUATE

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:                  Produces quantitative data.

 Technology Status:           Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

 Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive if many elements are in the sample.

 Limitations:

 •   Flame AA spectrometry can only measure one element at a time.
 •   Time required to heat furnace makes it slower than flame AA spectrometry.
 •   High power requirement (500 watts) to heat furnace.

 ASTM Standards:

 E 1727 - 95    Field Collection of Soil Samples for Lead Determination by Atomic Spectrometry
               Techniques.

 EPA Methods:

 7000A         Atomic Absorption Methods (RCRA).
 Series 7000     47 Methods for Specific Analytes.
 200.0          Atomic Absorption Methods (Drinking Water).
 Series 200      63 Methods for Specific Analytes and Techniques.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          7-4                                   First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
                              '                  j~                                f"       *••**,?* -iv
7.1.2  Inductively-Coupled Plasma- Atomic EmissipnjSpeetroscopy (ICP-AES)     ^    f

Use:   Analyzing heavy metals.  Since all atoms in a sample are excited simultaneously, they can be
       detected simultaneously which is the major advantage of AES compared to atomic absorption
       spectroscopy (see 7.1.1).

Description:

Atomic emission spectroscopy (AES) measures the optical emission from excited atoms to determine
analyte concentration.  Analyte atoms in solution are aspirated into the excitation region where they
are desolvated, vaporized, and atomized by a flame, discharge, or plasma.  High-temperature
atomization sources are used to promote the  atoms  into high energy levels causing them to decay back
to lower levels by emitting light. Inductively-coupled plasma (ICP) is a very high temperature (7,000-
8,OOOK) excitation source that efficiently desolvates, vaporizes, excites, and ionizes atoms.

The standard ICP-AES instrument is a radial configuration. Recently introduced models have an axial
configuration, which can achieve lower detection limits. Each configuration has advantages and
disadvantages; radial configurations have a proven track record but higher detection limits, while axial
configurations have lower detection limits but may not be able reproduce results as consistently.

Analytes:

7. Metals
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
               phase
                  Water
            Requires extraction
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:

       Screen/Identify
      SERVICEABLE
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


   Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER          SERVICEABLE
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
 ADEQUATE
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   7-5
            First Edition

-------
  Quantitative Data
  Capability:

  Technology Status:
                              Produces quantitative data.

                              Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Iron and uranium may cause interferences.

EPA Methods:

60 JOB Inductively Coupled Plasma - Atomic Emission Spectrometry.
200.7  Inductively Coupled Plasma (drinking water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                             7-6
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7.1.3  X-Ray Fluorescence    .            ,.            ...    '
             •/  — —  — ~ Vv      j.  -Vw.           ^—            ,-                               ^

Use:   X7ray fluorescence (XRF) spectrometry is a non-destructive, analytical method used primarily
       to detect heavy metals in soil/solids samples.

Description:

XRF spectrometry uses primarily x-rays to irradiate a sample, which causes elements in the sample to
emit secondary radiation of a characteristic wavelength. Two basic types of detectors are used to
detect and analyze the secondary radiation:

       1.  Wavelength-dispersive XRF spectrometry uses a crystal to diffract the x-rays, as the
           ranges of angular positions are scanned using a proportional or scintillation detector (an
           extremely sensitive instrument that can be used to detect alpha, beta, gamma, and x-
           radiation).

       2.  Energy-dispersive XRF spectrometry uses a solid-state, Si(Li) detector from which peaks
           representing pulse-height distributions of the x-ray spectra can be analyzed.

The elements in the sample are identified  by the wavelengths of the emitted x-rays while the
concentrations of the elements are determined by the intensity of the x-rays.  Sample preparation is
minimal compared to conventional analytical techniques. XRF spectrometry allows for simultaneous
determination of several elements. Portable energy-dispersive XRF instruments are now available, and
the more accurate wave length XRF instruments can be used in mobile laboratories.  The portable
energy-dispersive XRF instruments can be used for scanning the ground surface to determine the
prescence of metals without collecting a sample for  analysis.

Analytes:

7. Metals
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                Water
              BETTER
     Gas/Air
Requires extraction
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.
Detection Limits:
10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).  Detection limits range from
20 - 1,000 ppm depending on vendor, unit type, and element analyzed.
For portable instruments, detection limits typically are an order of
magnitude higher than ICP-AES.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 7-7
                First Edition

-------
 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
        Screen/Identify
           BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field techonology.

  Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Laboratory use with liquid samples requires preconcentration or  precipitation, which is time
    consuming.
 •   Soil texture  and moisture content may affect performance.
 •   Target analytes next to each other on the periodic table may not be separated adequately because
    they emit similar x-ray wavelengths.
 •   Unsuitable in ambient temperatures outside 30 to 100 °F range.
 •   Surface scanning does not indicate whether metals of interest are present under the surface due to
    shallow depth of penetration.  Collection and processing of soil by obtaining a vertical  profile and
    grinding samples is generally required to obtain reproducible reading using a portable probe.
 •   Does not differentiate  between different valences.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards  or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  7-8
                                                         First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7.1.4  Chemical Colorimetric Kits              ^        <

Use:   Chemical colorimetric kits are self-contained portable kits for analyzing soil or water samples
       for the presence of a variety of inorganic and organic compounds. These tests require no
       instrumentation and can be performed in the field with little or no training. Should only be
       used as an indication or screening device.

       See 6.2.27  for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, and 9.1.7 for explosives.

Description:

Colorimetry involves mixing of reagents of known concentrations with a test solution in specified
amounts that result in chemical reactions  in which the absorption of radiant energy (color of the
solution) is a function of the concentration of the analyte of interest.  At the simplest level,
concentrations can be estimated with visual comparators.

Analytes:

7. Metals
9. Inorganics
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
           ADEQUATE

Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identity
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
  Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
     Lone-Term
     Monitoring
      BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   7-9
              First Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:     Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                               verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Time consuming if a large number of samples must be analyzed.
 •   Each analyte of interest requires different reagents and test procedures.
 •   Solid media may have unpredictable interferences.
 •   Samples with a wide variety of contaminants may give false positive results.

 EPA Methods:

 7196A Chromium, Hexavalent (Colorimetric).
 212.3  Colorimetric Analysis of Boron (drinking water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
7-10
                                        First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS

7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7.1.5  TitrimetryKits                       ,„

Use:   Used for analyzing samples contaminated with heavy metals.

Description:

Titrimetry is a wet chemistry procedure by which a solution of known concentration is added to a
water sample or soil-solute extract with an unknown concentration of the analyte of interest until the
chemical reaction between the two solutions is complete (the equivalence point of titration).
Titrimetry requires an abrupt change in some property of the solution at the equivalence point, which
is typically produced by a change in color produced by an added dye, or by monitoring changes in pH
with a meter.

Analytes:

7.  Metals
9.  Inorganics
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
           ADEQUATE
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
  Hours.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
     Lone-Term
     Monitoring
      BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Certification/Verification:
  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   7-11
              First Edition

-------
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Time consuming if a large number of samples must be analyzed.
 •   Each analyte requires different reagents and test procedures.
 EPA Methods:

 9014
 9034
 9253
 215.2
 Series 300
Titrimetric and Manual Spectrophotometric Determinative Methods for Cyanide.
Titrimetric Procedure for Acid-Soluble and Acid-Insoluble Sulfides.
Chloride (Titrimetric, Silver Nitrate).
Titrimetric Analysis of Calcium (drinking water).
Multiple Methods for Determining Acidity/Alkalinity and for Identifying Non-metallic
Inorganics (drinking  water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                               7-12
First Edition

-------
7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS

7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7.1.6  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits

Use:   Field screening of individual contaminants.

       See 6.2.20 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, and 9.1.8 for use with explosives.

Description:

Immunoassay technology relies on an antibody that is developed to have a high degree of sensitivity to
the target compound.  This antibody's high specificity is coupled within a sensitive colorimetric
reaction that provides a visual result.  The intensity of the color formed is inversely proportional to the
concentration of the target analyte in the sample.  The absence/determination is made by comparing
the color developed by a sample of unknown concentration to the color formed with the standard
containing the analyte at a known concentration.

Analytes:

7. Metals
12. Mercury.
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.
     Long-Term
     Monitoring
      BETTER
Technology Status:
  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   7-13
              First Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:     Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                               verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Not applicable for all classes of small, environmentally significant molecules and most transition
     metals.
 •   Temperature extremes can affect test results; the operational temperature ranges are typically
     between 40°F and 100T.
 •   Detection limit can be affected by specific matrix conditions such as excessive soil moisture.
 •   Multi-step procedure.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix         7-14                                    First Edition

-------
 7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
 7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
                                                 ^              '  "-        :,,,

 Use:   Determination of metals in soils and water.

 Description:

 Anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV) is an electrochemical technique in which information about an
 analyte is derived from the measurement of current as a function of applied potential. The measurement
 is performed in an electrochemical cell under polarizing conditions on a working electrode, which is
 normally a mercury or gold film-coated, glassy carbon electrode. Analysis involves a two-step process
 consisting of electrolysis and stripping steps.  The analyte of interest is reduced and collected at the
 working electrode and then stripped off and measured. The reduction step is much longer than the
 stripping step, and the increase in the signal to noise allows low concentration solutions to be measured.
 The advantage of ASV is the ability to distinguish between different oxidation states of the same metal.
 Anodic stripping voltammetry, along with similar potentipmetric techniques (including constant current
 stripping voltammetry and cathodic stripping voltammetry), has been used for measurement of trace
 levels of a variety of metals.

 Analytes:

    7. Metals
 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
      Requires extraction to liquid
                phase
                  Water
                BETTER
                        s/Air
                Requires extraction.
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identity
        ADEQUATE

Quantitative Data
Capability:
  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.


  Medium

  100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
     BETTER
  Data is quantitative.
  Cleanup
Performance
  BETTER
 Lons-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  7-15
                                                          First .Edition

-------
 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:


 Relative Cost per Analysis:

 Limitations:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.

Mid-range expensive
 •   Cannot detect metals that are complexed or are not in solution.
 •   The presence of surfactants or high concentrations of other metals can cause underestimation of the
     target analyte.
 •   The use of mercury-coated electrodes results in a small amount of mercury waste.

 EPA Methods:

 7063   Arsenic in Aqueous Samples and Extracts  by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (ASV).
 7472   Mercury in Aqueous Samples and Extracts by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (ASV).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                7-16
First Edition

-------
7     SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
7.1.8  Fluorescence Spectrophotometry      \  ^" "     V         *<   " *    '-   _ I

Use:   Analysis of metals with organic chelation.

Description:

Spectrophotometry encompasses a number of techniques involving measurement of the absorption
spectra of narrow band widths of radiation.  A simple spectrophotometer consists of the following:

       1.  Radiation source.

       2.  Monochromator containing a prism or grating which disperses the light so that only a
           limited wavelength or frequency range is allowed to irradiate the sample.

       3.  Detector which measures the amount of light transmitted by the sample.

Analytes:

7. Metals (limited list).
12. Mercury
Media:
           Soil/Sediment                    Water
     Requires extraction to liquid   Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase                  or gas phase
                                              Gas/Air
                                             BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identity
         BETTER
   100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
Lons-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
Quantitative Data
Capability:
  Produces quantitative data.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  7-17
         First Edition

-------
 Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
 Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

 Limitations:

 •   Sample preparation is time consuming.

 EPA Methods:

 206.4  Spectrophotometric, SDDC Analysis of Arsenic.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
               7-18
                                                      First Edition

-------
 7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS

 7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 7.1.9   Amperometric and Galvanic Cell Sensor       ,  ,      "  "     ,

 Use:    Ambient air quality monitoring of metals.

    See 6.2.21 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides.

 Description:

 Amperometric and galvanic sensors measure an electrochemical response when the sensor comes into
 contact with the analyte of interest Each probe contains a sensor which is specifically sensitive to a
 particular gas or vapor.  An internal pump draws an air sample into the analyzer. These sensors
 typically consist of electrodes in contact with an electrolyte-saturated  insulator.  Selective membranes
 allow the gas of interest to enter the insulator, and redox reaction on the sensing-electrode surface
 generates a current that is  proportional to the analyte concentration. When an analyte is present, it will
 absorb to the thin-film sensor which undergoes a change in electrical  resistance proportional to the
 mass of analyte absorbed onto its. surface. This change is measured and converted to a vapor
 concentration which is displayed on the readout of the analyzer.

 Analytes:
7. Metals
Media:
            Soil/Sediment
      Requires extraction to gas
               phase
                  Water
         Requires extraction to gas
                  phase
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference:       Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
    BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort./

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   7-19
            First Edition

-------
 Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Separate sensor required for each compound of interest.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
7-20
First Edition

-------
 7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
 7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 7.1.10 Field Bioassessment                  \   /        ,

 Use:   Subjective interpretation made by a bioassessment expert as to the potential impact of a
        chemical or on the health of an ecosystem.

        See 6.2.24 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides and 8.2.6 for use with radionuclides.

 Description:

 Field bioassessments provide an indication of the potential for ecological risk (or lack thereof) that can
 be used to: (1) estimate the likelihood that ecological risk exists; (2) identify the need for site-specific
 data collection efforts; and (3) focus site-specific ecological risk assessments where warranted. Initial
 screening-level assessments are not designed or intended to provide definitive estimates of actual risk,
 generate cleanup goals, and are not based upon site-specific assumptions. Rather, their purpose is to
 assess the need to conduct a detailed ecological risk assessment for a particular site. To conduct an
 initial screening-level assessment for ecological risk, the following steps should be followed:

        1.  Initial information needs should include general knowledge of the nature and extent of
           chemical contamination at the site, the areal extent of contamination, existing ecological
           habitat types,  and identified pathways for migration of a contaminant off site.

        2.  Comparison to existing screening values from the appropriate literature are made based on
           the media.

        3.  Comparison to background or reference values (areas surrounding a site, but which are not
           influenced by the site).

        4.  Literature search  of studies that evaluate the toxicity and toxic mechanisms of chemicals
           may be used to evaluate potential risk.

        5.  Develop hazard quotients  which compare estimated exposure concentrations to  measured
           or predicted concentrations of a contaminant shown to cause adverse ecological effects.
           The comparisons  are expressed as ratios of potential intake values to documented effect
           values.

Analytes:

7. Metals
9. Inorganics
Media:

            Soil/Sediment                     Water
              BETTER                      BETTER

Selectivity:        ,           Technique measures a part of the compound.
                            Gas/Air
                            BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
7-21
                                        First Edition

-------
 Susceptibility to Interference: High.
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
  Not Applicable


  More than a day.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER          SERVICEABLE
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Requires field bioassessment expert.
•   No established standard bioassessment protocols.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  7-22
                                                       First Edition

-------
 7      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS

 7.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 7.1.11  Toxicity Tests                                                       „  ,

 Use:    Toxicity tests use specific aquatic and terrestrial organisms and/or microorganisms to measure
        biological response to specific contaminants or mixes of contaminants.

        See 6.2.25 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, 8.2.7 for use with radionuclides, and
        9.1.6 for use with explosives.

 Description:

 The toxicity test consists of luminescent microorganisms which emit light as a normal consequence of
 respiration and a temperature controlled luminometer which reads the bacterial light output. Chemicals
 or chemical mixtures which are toxic to the bacteria cause a reduction in light output proportional to
 the strength of the  toxin.  A computer is linked to the system to provide data processing and storage
 capabilities.     ,

 Analytes:                         .   .    .            •

 7.  Metals
 9.  Inorganics
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                  Water
                BETTER
                      Gas/Air
                     BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  Not Applicable
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER
SERVICEABLE
Long-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  7-23
                                 First Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Total toxicity of a sample can be readily measured, but the nature of the contaminant must still be
    determined by chemical analysis.
 •   Temperature, pH, and handling may affect organisms/microorganisms, thus affecting results.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
7-24
                                       First Edition

-------
7       SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for METALS
7.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
Use:   Analysis of metal cations and anions in water samples.

Description:

Ion chromatography is a form of liquid chromatography that uses ion-exchange resins to separate atomic
or molecular ions based on their interaction with the resin. Its greatest utility is for analysis of anions for
which there are no other rapid analytical methods. Most ion-exchange separations are done with pumps
and nonmetallic columns. The column packing for ion chromatography consists of ion-exchange resins
bonded to inert polymeric particles (typically 10 urn diameter). For cation separation, the cation-exchange
resin is usually a sulfonic or carboxylic acid. For anion separation the anion-exchange resin is usually a
quaternary ammonium group. Most ion chromatography instruments use two mobile phase reservoirs
containing buffers of different pH, and a programmable pump that can change the pH of the mobile phase
during the separation.

Ions in solution can be detected by measuring the conductivity of the solution. In ion chromatography, the
mobile phase contains ions that create a background conductivity, making it difficult to measure the
conductivity due only to the analyte ions as they exit the column. This problem can be greatly reduced by
selectively removing the mobile phase ions after the analytical column and before the detector. This is
done by converting the mobile phase ions to a neutral form or removing them with an eluent suppressor,
which consists of an ion-exchange column or membrane.

Analytes:

    7. Metals
Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                Water
              BETTER
    Gas/Air
Not Applicable
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.

Detection Limits:             100-1000 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Minutes, if analysis solutions are prepared prior to field deployment.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 7-25
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
  Applicable To:
Screen/Identity
BETTER
Characterize
Concentration/Extent
BETTER
Cleanup
Performance
BETTER
Lons-Term
Monitoring
BETTER
  Quantitative Data
  Capability:

  Technology Status:

  Certification/Verification:


  Relative Cost per Analysis:

  Limitations:
Produces quantitative data.

Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.

Mid-range expense.
 •   A liquid waste is generated, requiring disposal.
 •   Aqueous analysis solutions must be prepared prior to running the samples.
 •   Instrumentation should be protected against physical shock and temperature extremes.

 EPA Methods:

 7199   Determination of Hexavalent Chromium in Drinking Water, Groundwater, and Industrial
        Wastewater Effluents by Ion Chromatography.
 9056   Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion Chromatography.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                7-26
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 8
SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES
       8.1    IN-SITU ANALYSIS
       8.2
       8.1.1   Gamma Radiation

       EX-SITU ANALYSIS
                                                                                        8-3
              8.2.1   Radiation Detectors	 .   8-5
              8.2.2   Gamma Ray Spectrometry	   8-7
              8.2.3   Nuclear Magnetic Resonance	   8-9
              8.2.4   Piezocone Magnetic Meter	8-11
              8.2.5  , Field Bioassessment	8-13
              8.2.6   Toxicity Tests  '.	  8-15
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                    8-1
                                                                          First Edition

-------
                                     This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix           8-2                                          First Edition

-------
8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

8.1    IN-SITU ANALYSIS	

8.1.1  Gamma Radiation       '       f    /      *"   „,  «'*      V  r,  ,  *

Use:   Analysis of gamma radiation.

Description:

The system to measure gamma radiation consists of a charged Teflon disk (electret),  an ionization
chamber, an electret voltage reader, and an optional data logger. When the electret is screwed into the
chamber, a static electrostatic field is established and a passive ionization chamber is formed. The
chamber is deployed directly at any location where average gamma radiation needs to be measured
over a desired time interval. The gamma radiation penetrates the 2-mm thick electrically conducting
plastic body of the chamber and ionizes the air molecules. The ions are attracted to the charged
surface of the electret, and the electret charge originally present gets reduced. The electret charge is
measured before and after the  exposure with a portable electret voltage reader, and the rate of change
of the charge  (change  divided  by the time of exposure) is proportional to the average gamma radiation
level presented to the detector.

Analytes:

8. Radionuclides
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                  Water
                BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the gamma radiation emitted by the radionuclide.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.

Detection Limits:
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:
   100-100 ppb (soil); 1-50 ppb (water).


   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER             BETTER
  Does not produce quantitative data.
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
    BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   8-3
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
  Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
  Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                               verification program.

  Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

  Limitations:

  •   Soil and water will attenuate gamma energy emitted from radionuclide.
  •   Does not identify specific radionuclides.
  •   Further analysis is required for radionuclide identification.

  ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
               8-4
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

8.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
8.2.1   Radiation Detectors        i               r       /    ,.       .   .  .,"

Use:   Detecting radionuclides.

Description:

A variety of different radiation detectors ranging from hand-held instruments to portable units utilizing
interchangeable probes are commercially available. The instruments measure alpha, beta, or gamma
radiation emitted by radionuclides.

Analytes:

8. Radionuclides

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                 Water
                BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification/Verification:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
    BETTER
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   8-5
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
  Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.
                                $1,500 - $3,000 for scintillometer purchase.

  Limitations:

  •   Soil and water will attenuate gamma energy emitted from radionuclide.
  •   Does not identify specific radionuclides.
  •   Further analysis is required for radionuclide identification.

  EPA Methods:

  Series 9300     Radionuclides.
  Series 9310     Radioactivity.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
8-6
                                                                                        First Edition

-------
8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

8.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
Use:   Analysis of radionuclides.
                                                                                =>!
Description:

Gamma ray spectrometry provides an analysis of the energy spectrum of the gamma-quanta emitted
after the beta or alpha decay of radionuclides. The crucial component of any gamma measuring
device is the detector which is a component producing electrical signals as a result of the interactions
of the gamma-quanta. The energy spectrum of the gamma-quanta is characterized by sharp peaks.
The number of these peaks and their energies vary between radionuclides. This is used for nuclide
identification (qualitative analysis).  The intensity of these peaks is proportional to activity of the
source radionuclide.  Under identical conditions of measurement, a comparison of the peak intensities
of a known and unknown radioactive source determines the activity of the radionuclides (quantitative
analysis).

Analytes:

8. Radionuclides
Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                 Water
                BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Low.

Detection Limits:
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:
  10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
     BETTER              BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
    BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   8-7
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
 Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Requires extensive experience or accurate analysis.
 •   Results must be compared with a known standard.
 •   Soil and water will attenuate gamma energy emitted from radionuclide.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          8-8                                    First Edition

-------
8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

8.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
Use:
       Niifcl^alMagnetic Resonance/       „      (       ,                        ;  x

       Invaluable tool for determining the molecular structure of both large and small molecules and
       is increasingly used to create three-dimensional images of density or composition distribution
       in homogeneous materials. Primarily used as a research tool.
Description:

Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is the absorption of radio frequency (RF) radiation
by a nucleus in a strong magnetic field.  Absorption of the radiation causes the nuclear spin to realign
or flip in the higher-energy direction. After absorbing energy the nuclei will re-emit RF radiation and
return to the lower-energy state. The energy of an NMR transition depends on the magnetic field
strength and a proportionality factor for each nucleus called the magnetogyric ratio. The local
environment around a given nucleus in a molecule will slightly perturb the local magnetic field exerted
on that nucleus and affect its exact transition energy. This dependence of the transition energy on the
position of a particular atom  in a molecule makes NMR spectroscopy extremely useful for determining
the structure of molecules.

Analytes:

8.  Radionuclides

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                                            Water
                                           BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: Medium.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:
                             500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water).
                             Minutes.
                              Characterize
                           Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
                                BETTER              BETTER
                             Does not produce quantitative data.
   Lons-Term
   Monitoring
    BETTER
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                              8-9
                                                                                    First Edition

-------
  Technology Status:
Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
  Certification/Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                               verification program.

  Relative Cost per Analysis:   Mid-range expense.

  Limitations:

  •   Not well suited for the characterization of complex radionuclide mixtures in the sample.
  •   Requires extensive experience for accurate analysis.
  •   Requires relatively high concentrations of radionuclides for accurate analysis.

  ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

  No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
               8-10
                                                                                       First Edition

-------
8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

8.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	;	             .

8.2.4  PiezQcone Magnetic Meter      'Vf    „,     ^:<   ,   .  « - '*  ;> '',.,	#       *:>   ST"

Use:   Utilized with the cone penetrometer (see 3.3.1) to measure radionuclides.

Description:

A piezoelectric element converts digital-coded data at the tip of the cone penetrometer probe to an
acoustic signal that is transmitted along the drill rods to a microphone mounted on the drill rig.  The
microphone converts the signal to data that is transmitted to a personal computer which presents both
analog and digital information.

Analytes:

8.  Radionuclides  *

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
                 Water
                BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.
Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
         BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE            BETTER
   Long-Term
   Monitoring
  ADEQUATE
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  8-11
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
  Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

  Limitations:

  •   Analytical results are less accurate compared to radiation detectors.
  •   Soil and water will attenuate gamma energy emitted from radionuclide.
  •   Does not identify specific radionuclides.
  •   Further analysis is required for radionuclide identification.
  •   Results must be compared with a known standard.

  ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

  No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
8-12
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
 8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

 8.2     EX-SITU ANALYSIS         	•

 8.2.5   Field Bioassessment                           ' »  ,              '        ,

 Use:    Subjective interpretation made by a bioassessment expert as to the potential impact of a
        chemical on the health of an ecosystem,,

        See 6.2.24 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides and 7.1.10 for use with metals

 Description:
                                                       i -    '    .      •   '      '     '  • -   '  .
 Field bioassessments provide an indication of the potential for ecological risk (or lack thereof) that can
 be used to: (1) estimate the likelihood that ecological risk exists; (2) identify the need for site-specific
 data collection efforts; and (3) focus site-specific ecological risk assessments where warranted.  Initial
 screening-level assessments are not designed or intended to provide definitive estimates of actual risk,
 generate cleanup goals, and are not based upon site-specific assumptions.  Rather, their purpose is to
 assess the need to conduct a detailed ecological risk assessment for a particular site.  To conduct an
 initial screening-level assessment for ecological risk, the following steps should be followed:

        1.  Initial  information needs should include general knowledge of the nature and extent of
           chemical contamination at the site, the areal extent of contamination, existing ecological
           habitat types, and identified pathways for migration  of a contaminant off site.

        2.  Comparison to existing screening values from the appropriate literature are made based on '
           the media.

        3.  Comparison to background or reference  values (areas surrounding  a site, but which are not
           influenced by the site).

        4.  Literature search of studies that evaluate the toxicity and toxic mechanisms of chemicals
           may be used to evaluate potential risk.

        5.  Develop hazard quotients which compare estimated exposure concentrations to measured
           or predicted concentrations of a contaminant shown  to cause adverse ecological effects.
           The comparisons are expressed  as ratios of potential intake values to documented effect
           values.

Analytes:

8. Radionuclides

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
             BETTER
  Water
BETTER
 Gas/Air
BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
   8-13
                                          First Edition

-------
 Selectivity:                  Technique measures a part of the compound.

 Susceptibility to Interference: High.
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
        Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:
   Not Applicable


   More than a day.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
     BETTER           SERVICEABLE
 Lone-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
 Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
                             and/or CSCT verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Requires field bioassessment expert.
 •   No established standard bioassessment protocols.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  8-14
                                                        First Edition

-------
 8      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for RADIONUCLIDES

 8.2    EX-SITU ANALYSIS	      •	

 8.2.6   Toxicity Tests - V      -  "  '   v'   '.  '<.  -  :''*,'".'   <:   >  '  '

 Use:    Toxicity tests use specific aquatic and terrestrial organisms and/or microorganisms to measure
        biological response to specific contaminants or mixes of contaminants. -

        See 6.2.25 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, 7.1.11 for use with metals, and 9.1.6
        for use with explosives.

 Description:

 The toxicity test consists of luminescent microorganisms which emit light as a normal consequence of
 respiration and a temperature controlled luminometer which reads the bacterial light output. Chemicals
 or chemical mixtures which are toxic to the bacteria cause a reduction in light output proportional to
 the strength of the toxin.  A computer is linked to the system to provide data processing and storage
 capabilities.

 Analytes:

 8.  Radionuclides

 Media:

           Soil/Sediment                     Water                       Gas/Air
             BETTER                    BETTER                    BETTER

 Selectivity:                 Technique measures a part of the compound.

 Susceptibility to Interference: High.

 Detection Limits:            Not Applicable

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:                 Minutes.

 Applicable To:

                              Characterize                                 Lorn-Term
       Screen/Identify      Concentration/Extent   Cleanup  Performance       Monitoring
          BETTER             BETTER           SERVICEABLE           BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:                 Data becpine quantitative with additional effort.

 Technology Status:          Commerciallyavailable technology with moderate field experience.

Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix         8-15                                   First'Edition

-------
 Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                              verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Total toxicity of a sample can be readily measured, but the nature of the contaminant must still be
    determined by other analytical methods.
 •   Temperature, pH, and handling may affect organisms/microorganisms, thus affecting results.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:                               ,

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
8-16
First Edition

-------
       EXPLOSIVES
       9.1     EX-SHU ANALYSIS

              9.1.1  Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector	9-3
              9.1.2  Mass Spectrometry	 9-5
              9.1.3  GC/MS	9-7
              9.1.4  Ion Mobility Spectrometer					9-9
              9.1.5  Field Bioassessments	 9-11
              9.1.6  Toxicity Tests .		9-13
              9.1.7  Chemical Colorimetric Kits	9-15
              9.1.8  Immunoassay Colorimetric Kits	9-17
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
9-1
                                    First Edition

-------
                                  This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
9-2
                                           First Edition

-------
 9       SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES
 9.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 911.1  Gas Chromatography (GC) plus detector

 Use:   Gas chromatography is used separate volatile organic compounds. When used in combination
        with a detector, Gas Chromatography can be used to identify compounds.  NOTE: Due to
        instability of certain explosives, GC is not a preferred option. However, low concentrations of
        thermally sensitive explosives can be safely analyzed using proper procedures.

        See 6.2.4 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides.

 Description:

 The apparatus used in gas chromatography (GC) consists of four basic components:

        1.   Either a direct injection or purge and trap method is used for sample introduction.

        2.   Separation of a gaseous mixture is accomplished by using an unreactive carrier gas (mobile
            phase) such as nitrogen or helium to drive the mixture though GC column coated with
            nonvolatile liquid or solid sorbent (stationary phase).  Because the components of the mixture
            interact to different extents with the stationary phase, they move along the column at different
            rates causing separation to occur.

        3.   Once the analytes have been separated in the column, they are eluted one after another, and
            then enter a detector attached to the column exit.

        4.   A method of quantifying identified compounds.

 Analytes:

 10. Explosives

 Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                Water
       Requires extraction to gas
                phase
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:
Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.


Low.

10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 9-3
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
Hours.
Screen/Identify
ADEQUATE
Characterize
Concentration/Extent
ADEQUATE
Cleanup Performance
ADEQUATE
Long-Term
Monitoring
ADEQUATE
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:


Relative Cost per Analysis:

Limitations:
Produces quantitative data.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.

Most expensive.
•   Selectivity dependent on the detector type used.
•   Less sensitive than mass spectrometers (see 9.1.2)
•   The type of explosive (thermally sensitive, shock sensitive, etc.) and relative concentration in the
    sample should be identified prior to analysis to establish proper handling procedures.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 9-4
First Edition

-------
 9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES
 9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 9.1.2   Mass Spectrometry                                .'  ,  '       .                  ,   ,

 Use:   Determines the masses of atoms or molecules found in a solid, liquid, or gas. Often used in
        combination with gas chromatography (see 9.1.3) NOTE: Due to instability of certain
        explosives, mass spectrometry is not a preferred option. However, low concentrations of
        thermally sensitive explosives can be safely analyzed using proper procedures.

        See 6.2.7 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides.

 Description:

 A mass spectrometer produces charged particles (ions) from the chemical substances that are to be
 analyzed and then uses electric and magnetic fields to measure the mass (weight) of the charged
 particles.  Distinctive mass/charge ratios allow for identification of compounds, while the magnitude of
 ion currents at various mass settings  is related to concentration.  Major components of the mass
 spectrometer include: (1) the inlet system, (2) the ion source,  (3) the electrostatic accelerating system,
 and  (4) the detector and readout system that gives a mass spectrum recording the numbers of different
 ions.
When a sample is introduced into the mass spectrometer, electron bombardment causes the parent
molecule to lose an electron and form a positive ion. Some of the parent ions also are fragmented
into characteristic daughter ions. All of the ions are accelerated, separated, and focused on an ion
detector by means of either a magnetic field or a quadrupole mass analyzer. Using microgram  .
quantities of pure materials, the mass spectrometer yields information about the molecular weight and
presence of other atoms within the molecule, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and halogens.  The most
favorable  routes for decomposition provide the most intense peaks in the mass spectrum.  High
resolution spectra contain so much data that computers are used for molecular structure analysis and
acquisition of data in a form easily assimilated by the operator.

Analytes:

10.  Explosives

Media:
            Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
            or gas phase
                Water
     Requires extraction to liquid
             or gas phase
   Gas/Air
ADEQUATE
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:
Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


High.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 9-5
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
 Detection Limits:

 Turnaround Time
 per Sample:

 Applicable To:
        Screen/Identify
        ADEQUATE

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
   10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).
   Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE          ADEQUATE
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
  verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Due to the complexity of the instrumentation, setup time can be long.
 •   Calibration procedures are more time consuming than for GC.
 •   Sensitivity and resolution  for field instruments is not as good  as that achieved  by laboratory
    instruments.
 •   Maximum analyte molecular weight of 400 due to requirement for volatilizing sample.
 •   Poor resolution in complex sample mixtures.
 •   The type of explosive (thermally sensitive, shock sensitive, etc.) and relative concentration in the
    sample should be identified prior to analysis to establish proper handling procedures.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   9-6
         First Edition

-------
 9       SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES
 9.1     EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 9.1.3  GC/MS
 Use:
        GC/MS is a hybrid technique that combines the separation capability of the gas chromatograph
        (GC) (see 9.1.1), the analytical capability of the mass spectrometer (MS) (see 9.1.2), and the
        capability to provide real-time, on-site data. NOTE:  Due to instability of certain explosives,
        GC/MS is not a preferred option.  However,  low concentrations of thermally sensitive explosives
        can be safely analyzed using proper procedures.

        See 6.2.8 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and  pesticides.

Description:

GC/MS systems allow better resolution of components in complex mixtures than mass spectrometry
alone and are most commonly used for unequivocal identification of hazardous compounds. A GC is
essentially a highly efficient device for separating a complex mixture into individual components.
When a mixture of components is injected into a GC equipped with  an appropriate column and carrier
gas, the components travel through the column at different rates.  A  mass spectrometer (MS) located at
the end of the column can then analyze each component separately as it leaves the column. In
essence, the GC allows the mass spectrometer to analyze a complex mixture as a series of pure
components.

Analytes:

10. Explosives

Media:
            Soil/Sediment                    Water
     Requires extraction to liquid     Requires extraction to gas
            or gas phase                     phase
                                                                        Gas/Air
                                                                       BETTER
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
        ADEQUATE
                            Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.


                            Low.

                            10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


                            Hours (turnaround time may increase due to calibration requirements).
                             Characterize                                 Long-Term
                          Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
                             ADEQUATE           ADEQUATE          ADEQUATE
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                            9-7
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
Produces quantitative data.

Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.
Certification /Verification:    Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Calibration of portable GC/MS systems can be time consuming.
•   GC portion of the system requires a library of retention times to identify compounds, and non-target
    compounds could be difficult to identify if detected analytes are not in the library or the quality of
    the library match is too low to make positive identification.
•   MS portion of the system requires a library of spectra.
•   The type of explosive (thermally sensitive, shock sensitive, etc.) and relative concentration in the
    sample should be identified prior to analysis to establish proper handling procedures.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 9-8
                                                                                     First Edition

-------
 9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES
 9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
                 ility Spectrometer   -         ;       :  -'                           s     ,

 Use:   Ion mobility spectrometry (IMS) is a technique used to detect and characterize organic vapors
        in air.  Recent development of portable IMS detectors might make the technique an alternative
        to FID and GC.  Safe for thermally sensitive compounds.

        See 6.2.11 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides.

 Description:

 A sampling pump draws air through a semi-permeable membrane, which is selected to exclude or
 attenuate possible interferents. The sample is ionized in a reaction region through interaction with a
 weak plasma of positive and negative ions produced by a radioactive source.  A shutter grid allows
 periodic introduction of the ions into a drift tube, where they separate  based on charge, mass, and
 shape with the arrival time recorded by a detector (ion mobility spectrometry  analysis is based on
 analyte separations resulting from ionic mobilities rather than ionic masses). The identity of the
 molecules is determined using a computer to match the signals to IMS signatures held in memory.  If
 the IMS signature is known, it is also possible to program the instrument to detect specific compounds
 of interest.  IMS  operates at atmospheric pressure, a characteristic that has practical advantages over
 mass spectrometry, including  smaller size, lower power requirements, less weight, and ease of use.

 Analytes:

 10.  Explosives
Media:
            Soil/Sediment                     Water
    Requires extraction to liquid    Requires extraction to liquid
    or gas phase                  or gas phase
                                            Gas/Air
                                            BETTER
Selectivity:                   Technique measures the specific contaminant directly.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.

Detection Limits:             500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water).
Turnaround Time
per Sample:
Hours.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 9-9
                                                       First Edition

-------
 Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

 Quantitative Data
 Capability:

 Technology Status:
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
  SERVICEABLE        SERVICEABLE
  Long-Term
  Monitoring
SERVICEABLE
  Produces quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with limited field experience.
 Certification/Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
                             verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Most expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Provides specific identification of fewer compounds than GC or MS.
 •   Requires a library of ion mobilities.
 •   Proper procedures should be used when analyzing for shock sensitive compounds.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  9-10
           First Edition

-------
 9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES

 9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
 9.1.5 , Field Bioassessment                *   /     y                            ''' »

 Use:   Subjective interpretation made by a bioassessment expert as to the potential impact of a
        chemical or on the health of an ecosystem.

        See 6.2.24 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, 7.1.10 for use with metals, and 8.2.6
        for use with radionuclides.

 Description:

 Field bioassessments provide an indication of the potential for ecological risk (or lack thereof) that can
 be used to: (1) estimate the likelihood that ecological risk exists; (2) identify the need for site-specific
 data collection efforts; and (3) focus site-specific ecological risk assessments where warranted.  Initial
 screening-level assessments are not designed or intended to provide definitive estimates of actual risk,
 generate cleanup goals, and are not based upon site-specific assumptions. Rather,  their purpose is to
 assess the need to conduct a detailed ecological risk assessment for a particular site.  To conduct an
 initial screening-level assessment for ecological risk, the following steps should be followed:

        1.  Initial information needs should include general knowledge of the nature and extent of
           chemical contamination at the site, the areal extent of contamination, existing ecological
           habitat types,  and identified pathways for migration of a contaminant off site.

        2.  Comparison to existing screening values from the appropriate literature are made based on
           the media.

        3.  Comparison to background or reference  values (areas surrounding a site, but which are not
           influenced by the site).

        4.  Literature search  of studies that evaluate the toxicity and toxic mechanisms of chemicals
           may be used to evaluate potential risk.

        5.  Develop hazard quotients which compare estimated exposure concentrations to measured
           or predicted concentrations of a contaminant shown to cause adverse ecological effects.
           The comparisons  are expressed as ratios  of potential intake values to documented effect
           values.

Analytes:

 10. Explosives

Media:
            Soil/Sediment                     Water
             BETTER                     BETTER

Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.
                                                                          Gas/Air
                                                                         BETTER
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                                              9- 1 1
                                                                                      First Edition

-------
Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:

Certification/Verification:
  High.

  Not Applicable.


  More than a day.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance
     BETTER           SERVICEABLE
 Long-Term
 Monitoring
ADEQUATE
  Does not produce quantitative data.

  Commercially available technology with moderate field experience.

  Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
  and/or CSCT verification program.
Relative Cost per Analysis:  Most expensive.

Limitations:

•   Requires field bioassessment expert.
•   No established standard bioassessment protocols.

ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                  9-12
          First Edition

-------
9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES

9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
9:JL6'  Toxicity Tests                                •  ,

Use:   Toxicity tests use specific aquatic and terrestrial organisms and/or microorganisms to measure
       biological response to specific contaminants or mixes of contaminants.

       See 6.2.25 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, 7.1.11 for use with metals, and 8.2.7
       for use with radionuclides.

Description:

The toxicity test consists of luminescent microorganisms which emit light as a normal consequence of
respiration and a temperature controlled luminometer which reads the bacterial light output.  Chemicals
or chemical mixtures which are toxic to the bacteria cause a reduction in light output proportional to
the strength of the toxin. A computer is linked to the system to provide data processing and storage
capabilities.

Analytes:

10. Explosives

Media:

           Soil/Sediment                     Water                       Gas/Air
             BETTER                     BETTER                     BETTER

Selectivity:                   Technique measures a part of the compound.

Susceptibility to Interference: High.

Detection Limits:          ,  Not Applicable.

Turnaround  Time
per Sample:                  Minutes.

Applicable To:

                              Characterize                                Lone-Term
       Screen/Identify      Concentration/Extent  Cleanup Performance       Monitoring
         BETTER             BETTER              BETTER              BETTER

Quantitative  Data
Capability:                   Data become quantitative with additional effort.

Technology Status:           Commercially available technology with moderate field  experience.

Certification /Verification:     Technology has not participated in CalEPA  certification and/or CSCT

Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          9-13                                    First Edition

-------
                               verification program.

 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Total toxicity of a sample can be readily measured, but the nature of the contaminant must still be
     determined by chemical analysis.
 •   Temperature, pH, and handling may affect organisms/microorganisms, thus affecting results.

 ASTM Standards/EPA Methods:

 No applicable ASTM standards or EPA methods are cited for this technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
9-14
                                        First Edition

-------
9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES

9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
9.1.7  Chemical Colorimetrie Kits"           '   . ,  ^   -  '          /          %   '    '^\

Use:   Chemical colorimetric kits are self-contained portable kits for analyzing soil or water samples
       for the presence of a variety of inorganic and organic compounds.  These tests require no
       instrumentation and can be performed in the field with minimal training.  Should only be used
       as an indication or screening device.  Safe for thermally sensitive compounds.

       See 6.2.27 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides, and 7.1.4 for use with metals.

Description:

Colorimetry involves mixing of reagents of known concentrations with a test solution in specified
amounts that result in chemical reactions in which the absorption of radiant energy (color of the
solution) is a function of the concentration of the analyte of interest.  At the simplest level,
concentrations can be estimated with visual comparators.

Analytes:

10. Explosives

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
               phase
                  Water
                BETTER
                        Gas/Air
                     Not Applicable
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER
  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


  Medium.

  10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent
    ADEQUATE
Cleanup Performance
    ADEQUATE
Lons-Term
Monitoring
 BETTER
Quantitative Data
Capability:
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   9-15
                                   First Edition

-------
 Technology Status:

 Certification /Verification:
Commercially available and routinely used field technology.

Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT
verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Time consuming if a large number of samples must be analyzed.
 •   Each analyte of interest requires different reagents and test procedures.
 •   Samples with a wide variety of contaminants may give false positive results.
 •   Proper procedures should be used when analyzing for shock sensitive compounds.

 EPA Methods:

 8515   Colorimetric Screening Method for TNT in Soil.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                9-16
                                                       First Edition

-------
9      SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS for EXPLOSIVES

9.1    EX-SITU ANALYSIS
9.1.8  ImmungassayzCplorimetric Kite  „- ,/   1    .-*">.*.    • **  „   £

Use:   Field screening of individual contaminants.  Safe for thermally sensitive compounds.

       See 7.1.6 for use with metals and 6.2.20 for use with VOCs, SVOCs, and pesticides.

Description:

Immunoassay technology relies on an antibody that is developed to have a high degree of sensitivity to
the target compound. This antibody's high specificity is coupled within a sensitive colorimetric
reaction that provides a visual result. The intensity of the color formed is inversely proportional to the
concentration of the target analyte in the sample.  The absence/determination is made by comparing
the color developed by a sample of unknown concentration to the color formed with the standard
containing the analyte at a known concentration.

Analytes:

10.  Explosives

Media:
           Soil/Sediment
     Requires extraction to liquid
               phase
                  Water
                BETTER
   Gas/Air
Not Applicable
Selectivity:

Susceptibility to
Interference:

Detection Limits:

Turnaround Time
per Sample:

Applicable To:
       Screen/Identify
          BETTER

Quantitative Data
Capability:

Technology Status:
  Technique measures the contaminant indirectly.


  Medium.

  10-100 ppm (soil); 0.5-10 ppm (water).


  Minutes.
    Characterize
Concentration/Extent   Cleanup Performance
   ADEQUATE          ADEQUATE
      Long-Term
      Monitoring
      BETTER
  Data become quantitative with additional effort.

  Commercially available and routinely used field technology.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                   9-17
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
  Certification /Verification:
Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification
and/or CSCT verification program.
 Relative Cost per Analysis:   Least expensive.

 Limitations:

 •   Not applicable for all classes of small, environmentally significant molecules; for example, long chain
     aliphatic hydrocarbon compounds and most transition metals.
 •   Temperature extremes can affect test results; the operational temperature ranges are typically between
     40°F and 100°F.
 •   Can be affected by specific matrix conditions. For example,  analyte recovery for analytes like PCB
     and PAH can be affected by excessive soil moisture.
 •   Percent levels of oil can result in false positive results.
 •   Proper procedures should be used when analyzing for shock  sensitive compounds.

 EPA Methods:

 4050  TNT Explosives in Soil by Immunoassay.
 4051   RDX in Soil by Immunoassay.,
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
               9-18
                                                       First Edition

-------
APPENDIX A - THE ACCELERATED SITE CHARACTERIZATION PROCESS
 Appendix A has been derived from the following:

       American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). (January, 1996). Provisional Standard Guide
       for Accelerated Site Characterization for Confirmed or Suspected Petroleum Releases. ASTM
       Designation: PS 3 - 95.

 Introduction

 The purpose of this appendix is two-fold. First, to describe an accelerated site characterization
 process that can be used to generate near-real-time information about the nature and extent of
 contamination at a site. Secondly, it identifies where and when to use the field analytical and
 sampling technologies described in this Reference Guide.  There are really two goals to be achieved
 in implementing the accelerated site characterization process.  The first is to generate enough data of
 the right kind and quality to allow decisions to be made concerning the appropriate level of clean
 up.  The second is to gather the data and information in a single mobilization1. This appendix
 describes the six steps in the accelerated site characterization process and the points in the process
 where field analytical technologies and sampling methods can be used.

 The typical approach to site characterization is to visit the site two or more times to collect
 information necessary to make remediation decisions.  This iterative characterization process is
 necessary because analysis results are often provided to the decision-makers weeks or months after
 sample collection. Data generated by field analytical technologies are not relied on as much as data
 generated by off-site, fixed laboratories. If any information needs are not met, then an additional
 visit or visits to the site are necessary.  For each site visit a work plan needs to be prepared and
 approved, contractors must be identified and contracts negotiated and awarded.  Obviously, making
 multiple visits to a site can delay a final decision or action for months or even years.

 The accelerated site characterization approach is not a panacea nor are field analytical methods
 intended to replace fixed analytical laboratories. An expedited process for delineating, to the fullest
 extent possible, the source(s), extent, and concentration of contaminants at a site has been shown to
 be a cost effective and efficient process. Field analytical techniques produce near-real-time results,
 allowing decision-makers to identify additional sampling locations during the mobilization.  The
 overall characterization effort can be precise and efficient by combining on-site analytical results
 with those generated by fixed laboratories.

 Effective implementation of this process requires an on-site field manager who can interpret results,
 1 - A mobilization is the movement of equipment and personnel to a site, during a continuous time
 frame, to prepare for, collect, and evaluate site characterization data. These activities, when
 conducted as one continuous event (lasting from one day to several weeks), are referred to as a
 single mobilization.
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-l
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
 communicate with the stakeholders2, and who is empowered to make decisions in the field.
 Involvement of the stakeholders early and continuously in the process is critical to the success of the
 process. In addition, generating the proper documentation is also necessary so that decisions made
 in the field can be defended at a later date.

 The Accelerated Site Characterization Process

 The Accelerated Site Characterization process has six major steps as summarized in Figure 1.
                                    Figure 1
                 The Accelerated Site Characterization Process
             STEP 1 - DEVELOP TOE CONCEPTUAL MODEL OF THE SITE
                                   1
      STEP 2 - DEFINE THE INVES-nOAHON PURPOSE AND DECISION CRITERIA    I
  STEP 3 - DEVELOP THE DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS PROGRAM PROGRAM
      STEP 4 - IMPLEMENT TOE DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS PROGRAM |
                          STEP 5 - ISSUE FIELD REPORT
                          STEP 6 - ISSUE FINAL REPORT
Step 1 - Develop the Conceptual Model

The conceptual model is the starting and ending point for any investigation.  It is the basis for
selecting sample collection and analysis tools and is used to determine when the investigation is
complete. The conceptual model is an initial hypothesis about the nature and extent of
contamination. It is based upon the compilation and interpretation of existing site information,
which can include:

    -  Depths and thickness of subsurface geologic units based on boring logs, cone penetrometer
       logs, and geophysical logs.
    -   Depth to ground water, flow direction(s), and possible interaction with surface water bodies
2 - Stakeholders are all people who have a legitimate interest in the outcome of the investigation
process. They typically include Federal and state, and local regulatory agencies and local citizens.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-2
                                   First Edition

-------
       (including initial and time-series measurements of depth to groundwater).
   -   Layout of the site, including areas and depths of artificial fill, subsurface utility lines, and
       piping.
   -   Soil, ground water, and soil gas analytical data.
   -   The location, volume, and chemical characteristics of any releases.
   -   Location of potential receptors.

This information should be summarized on large-scale topographic maps, ground water elevation
contour maps, isoconcentration contour maps, or geologic/hydrogeologic cross sections. This type
of information should be used on-site during the investigation and should be updated as the
characterization progresses.

Step 2 - Define the Investigation Purpose and Develop Decision Criteria

Defining a purpose limits many investigation parameters such as detection limits and sample
collection densities. The investigation purpose will drive the types of sample collection and
analytical techniques chosen in Step 3.

Common investigation purposes include:

    1.  Finding the source of contamination
   2.  Determining the extent of contamination
   3.  Confirming the level of risk (human health and the environment) posed by the
       contamination
   4.  Determining the type of clean-up action(s) required
   5.  Gaining a No Further Action or site close-out approval
   6.  Tracking the long term effectiveness of remediation systems

With the purpose defined, decision criteria, such as size of the contaminated area of concern and
acceptable contaminant concentrations, can be developed with input from stakeholders.

For example, to gain a No Further Action approval in California, the site owner is required to
demonstrate that the contaminants do not pose a risk under residential property use scenarios.  This
risk scenario assumes that families will be living on the site with young children being the potential
receptors, and is applicable at all locations regardless of actual conditions. This scenario imposes
analytical detection limits (parts per billion for soil and parts per trillion for water) and the size of
the contaminated area (i.e., hot spot) that might be of concern.

Step 3 - Develop the Data Collection and Analysis Program

The data collection and analysis program needs to be a formal document. However, only a  few
initial sample point locations are specified, additional points will be located based upon initial
sample analysis results. The program documentation should focus on methods and procedures used
to collect and analyze samples. The data collection and analysis program should include:
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-3
                                                                                 First Edition

-------
        Existing information (obtained from Steps 1 and 2)
        a.
        b.

        c.
        d.
        e.
        f.
        g-
        h.
 Purpose - state the consensus investigation purpose
 Decision Criteria - state the required detection limit and acceptable size of
 contamination.
 Conceptual Model - including all graphics
 Subsurface clearance requirements
 Qualifications of the on-site field manager
 Stakeholders - names, telephone, and fax numbers
 Stakeholder communication requirements
 Schedule (including preliminary, on-site, off-site, and reporting activities)
        Sample collection
        a.
        b.
        c.
        d.
        e.
Location of first round of samples and ultimate sample density3
Description of collection tools - capabilities, limitations
Sample collection procedure(s)
Decontamination procedure(s)
Decontamination verification procedures4
        Sample analysis
       a.
       b.
       c.
       d.
Description of analytical equipment - capabilities, limitations
Calibration requirements4
Analysis procedure(s) (including any sample preparation methods)
Method quality control check requirements4
 4.     Validation procedures - In-field validation4, Off-site validation4
Figure 2 provides guidance on choosing characterization tools.
3 - Determined from the decision criteria
4 - The requirements will depend on the degree of data quality required to meet the investigation
purpose. The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) has developed a useful
field analysis manual (FIELD ANALYSIS MANUAL, New Jersey Dept. of Environmental
Protection, Site Remediation Program, July 1994. Available at www.state.nj.us/dep/srp/regs/
guidance.htm#fam) which provides required deliverables to meet data quality levels indicated in
Table 1.
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                              A-4
                                                                                First Edition

-------
                                       TABLE 1
                               Data Quality Classification
                Modified from NJDEP Field Analysis Manual, July 1994
 Data Quality Level
      Potential Applications
Example Methods or Instruments
1 - Screening:
1A - Qualitative
IB - Semiquantitative
Finding the nature and source of
contamination (1 A/IB)
Tracking the long term effectiveness
of remediation systems (IB)
portable PID, portable FID,
PID/FID, colorimetric analysis,
headspace analysis
2 - Delineate:
Quantitative
Determining the extent of
contamination
Determining the type of clean-up
action(s) required
portable GC, portable IR,
immunoassay,
USEPA SW-846 field methods,
mobile laboratories
3 - Clean Zone:
Quantitative
Confirming the level of risk (human
health and the environment) posed by
the contamination
Gaining a No Further Action or site
close-out approval
standard laboratory analyses
with SW-846 QA/QC mobile
laboratories using standard methods
4 - Nonstandard:
Quantitative
specialty analysis
Constituent surveys of unknown
contamination
survey instrumentation,
modified laboratory methods with
full QA/QC
                Figure 2
    Considerations when Choosing
    Sample Collection and Analysis
                  Tools
 Based on existing information:
 •  Purpose
 •  Decision Criteria
 •  Conceptual Model
                       Choose sample analysis tools based on:
                       •  Analyte
                       •  Contaminated Media
                       •  Required Data Quality Level
                       •  Analytical Instrument Limitations
                       *  Regulatory Acceptance
                                      Choose sample collection tools based on:
                                      «  Capability, limitation, and cost of using the tool
                                      •  Advantages of using a combination of collection tools
                                      •  Site features and layout
                                      •  Geologic conditions
                                      »  Chemical(s) of concern
                                      *  Disturbance to site operations and neighboring properties
   Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                      A-5
                                                                              First Edition

-------
 Step 4 - Implement the Data Collection and Analysis Program


 Figure 3 is an illustration of the actions recommended during implementation of the data collection
 and analysis program. The actions recommended to implement the data collection and analysis
 program include:


 1)  Collect and Analyze an Initial Set of Samples

 2)  Field Validate Data

       Field analytical results must be validated to ensure proper operation of equipment and
       procedure.


 3)  Compare Data to the Conceptual Model


    a)  Flag data results that are significantly different from the conceptual model
    b)  Update conceptual model as required


4)  Determine if Characterization is Complete


          The following criteria should be confirmed to support the conclusion that site
          characterization is complete:
          -  The conceptual model of the site geology /hydrology, the nature and extent of the
             chemicals of concern, and the indicator compounds fit the regional
             geologic/hydrogeologic setting;
             and

          -  The conceptual model of the site generally incorporates/fits all of the site data;
             and
          -  The conceptual model can be used to make accurate predictions;
             and

          -  Sufficient detail and delineation of the chemicals of concern have  been achieved to
             fulfill the requirements of the stakeholders;
             or
          -   Constraints 'prevent collection of any additional data.

         If characterization is not complete, then:
         - develop plan for additional sampling and analysis
         - update stakeholders
         - go back to step 1


         If characterization is complete, go to Step 5 on page A-8.
      npling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-6
                                                                               First Edition

-------
                                 Figure 3
    Implementation of the Data Collection and Analysis Program
  Collect and Analyze Initial Set Samples
           Field Validate Data
I
     Compare Data to the Conceptual Model
     I
                                                       Collect and Analyze
                                                       Additional Samples
                                                Develop Plan for Additional Sampling
                                                and Analysis, and Update Stakeholders
                           t
                                                             No
                                                         Characterization
                                                          Complete?
                                                             Yes
                                Issue Field Report
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
  A-7
                                                                     First Edition

-------
 Step 5 - Issue Field Report

 Upon completion of the field work, a report of findings is provided to the appropriate stakeholders.
 The report should contain at a minimum:

           purpose of characterization
           description of the data collection and analysis program
           presentation of the data as an update to the conceptual model
           field validation data
           findings and conclusions

 The field report allows the decision process to immediately move forward based on available field
 analytical information. Confirmation of the field analysis (with laboratory analytical results) will be
 in the final report.

 Step 6 - Issue Final Report

 The final report will contain the following information:

           applicable information from the field report
           off-site (laboratory) sample validation results
           stakeholder comments
           final validated conceptual model
           conclusions
Summary

The accelerated site characterization process described in the previous six steps can be summarized
as the flowchart depicted in Figure 4.
  eld Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-8
                                                                                First Edition

-------
                                      Figure 4
           The Accelerated Site Characterization Process
                              Develop Conceptual Model
                             I
                              Define Investigation Purpose
                               Develop Decision Criteria
Collect and Analyze Initial Round of Samples
       Field Validate Data
        Collect and Analyze Additional Samples
 I
Compare Data to the Conceptual Model
           Develop Plan for Additional Sampling
           and Analysis, and Update Stakeholders
I
           Characterization
            Complete? *
                             I
       Issue Field Report
Issue Final Report with Offsite Validation Results
          and Stakeholder Comments
                             * Characterization is complete when:
   The conceptual model of the site geology/hydrology, the nature and extent of chemicals of concern, and
   indicator compounds fit the regional geologic/hydrogeologic setting; and
   The conceptual model of the site generally incorporated/fits all of the site data; and
   The conceptual model can be used to make accurate predictions; and
   Sufficient detail and delineation of the chemicals of concern have been achieved to fulfill the requirements of
   the stakeholders; or
   Constraints prevent collection of any additional data.
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
A-9
                                                                              First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          A-10
                                                                                                First Edition

-------
APPENDIX B - GENERAL REFERENCES
ASTM.  (1998). ASTM Annual Book of Standards.  Americal Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr
   Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

Clesceri, Lenore S.; Greenberg, Arnold E.; and Trussel, R. Rhodes,  eds  Standards Methods for the
   Examination of Water and Wastewater.  19th edition.  American Public Health Association.  Washington,
   D.C.

Parker, Louise. The Effects of Ground Water Sampling Devices on Water Quality: A Literature Review.
Ground Water Monitoring & Remediation (GWMR), Vol. 14, No. 2, Spring 1994, pp 130-141, and GWMR,
Vol.  14, No. 3, Summer 1994, p. 275.

U.S Army Corp of Engineers.  (September 1994).  Requirements for the Preparation of Sampling and
   Analysis Plans.  EM 200-1-3.

U.S Army Corp of Engineers.  (September 1996).  Soil Sampling. EM 11100-1-1906.

U.S. Department of Defense Environmental Technology Transfer Committee. (October 1994).  Remediation
   Technologies Screening Matrix and Reference Guide. EPA/542/B-94/013. NTIS PB95-104782.

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE). (August 1996 ). Characterization, Monitoring & Sensor Technology
   Cross Cutting Program. Office of Science and Technology. DOE/EM-0298

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE). (August 1996 ). Mixed Waste Characterization, Treatment, & Disposal
   Focus Area. Office of Science and Technology. DOE/EM-0293

U.S. Department of Energy (DOE). (August 1996 ). Subsurface Contaminants Focus Area.  Office of Science
   and Technology. DOE/EM-0296

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (November 1991). Seminar Publication:  Site
   Characterization for Subsurface Remediation. EPA/625/4-91/026.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (May 1993). Subsurface Characterization and Monitoring
    Techniques: A Desk Reference Guide.
   Volumes I: Solids and Ground Water Appendices A and B. EPA/625/R-93/003a, and
    Volume II: The Vadose Zone, Field Screening and Analytical Methods Appendices C and D,
    EPA/625/R-93/003b.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (September 1994). Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives
    Process: EPAQA/G-4. Office of Research and Development.  U.S. EPA, Office of Research and
    Development. EPA/600/R-96/055.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (1997). Vendor Field Analytical and Characterization
    Technologies System (FACTS).  Database, Version 2.0.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (1987). Soil Gas Sensing for Detection and Mapping of
    Volatile Organics. EPA/600/8-87/036..
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
B-l
                                                                                   First Edition

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (1989). Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and
    Installation of Ground-Water Monitoring Wells. EPA/600/4-89/034.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (1994). Alternative Methods for Fluid Delivery and
    Recovery. EPA/625/R-94/003.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
B-2
First Edition

-------
                                    This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix          B-3
                                                                                                 First Edition

-------
 APPENDIX C - LIST of ACRONYMS
 AA
 A-E
 ACE
 ACGIH
 AEA
 AIRFA
 AM
 AMAES
 AOC
 APOW
 ARAR
 ARPA
 ASN(I&E)
 ASTM
 ASV
 ATSDR
 BCP
 BCT
 BD/DR
 BRAG
 BTEX
 BUMED
 CA
 CAA
 CAAA
 CAAS
 CADD
 CalEPA
 CBC
 CEQ
 CEQA
 CERCLA
 CERCLIS

 CERFA
 CFR
 CHF
 CLEAN
 CMC
 CMI
 CMS
CMC-
CD
COMPTRAK
COTR
CRP
CSCT
 Atomic Absorption
 Architect-Engineer
 Army Assistant Chief of Engineers
 American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists
 Atomic Energy Act
 American Indian Religious Freedom Act
 Action Memorandum
 Activity and Management Automated Environmental System
 Areas of Concern
 Annual Plan of Work
 Applicable and Relevant or Appropriate Requirement
 Archaeological Resources Protection Act
 Assistant Secretary of the Navy (Installation and Environment)
 American Society for Testing and Materials
 Anodic Stripping Voltammetry
 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
 BRAC Cleanup Plan
 BRAC Cleanup Team
 Building Demolition/Debris Removal
 Base Realignment and Closure
 Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, Xylene Compounds
 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery
 Cost Analysis or Cleanup Action
 Clean Air Act
 Clean Air Act Amendments
 Contractor Advisory and Assistance Services
 Computer Aided Design and Drafting
 California Environmental Protection Agency
 Construction Battalion Center
 Council on Environmental Quality
 California Environmental Quality Act
 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
 Information System
 Community Environmental Response Facilitation Act
 Code of Federal Regulations
 Contaminant Hazard Factor
 Comprehensive Long-Term Environmental Action, Navy
 Commandant of the Marines Corps
 Corrective Measures Implementation
 Corrective Measures Study
 Chief of Naval Operations
 Commanding Officer or Contracting Officer
Marine Corps Environmental Compliance Tracking System
Contracting Officer's Technical Representative
Community Relations Plan
Consortium for Site Characterization Technology
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                C-l
First Edition

-------
CTC
CWA
D&N
DC
DCNO
DD
DEMIS
DENIX
DEQPPM
DERA
DERP
DERPMIS
DERTF
DoD
DOE
DoN
DOT
DPM
DQO
DSERTS
DSMOA
DTRC
BBS
EBSL
EBST
BCD
EE
EFA CHES
EFAMW
EFANW
EFA
EFD
EIS
EM
EO
EO
EPA
EQ
EQIS
ER
ESTCP
ETTC
FACSO
FAR
FEMA
FFA
FFCA
FFSRA
FID
Cost to Complete
Clean Water Act
Discovery and Notification
Direct Current
Deputy Chief of Naval Operations
Decision Document
Defense Environmental Management Information System
Defense Environmental Network and Information Exchange
Defense Environmental Quality Program Policy Memorandum
Defense Environmental Restoration Account
Defense Environmental Restoration Program
NowRMIS
Defense Environmental Restoration Task Force
Department of Defense
Department of Energy
Department of the Navy
Department of Transportation
Defense Priority Model (Obsolete)
Data Quality Objective
Defense Site Environmental Restoration Tracking System
Defense State Memorandum of Agreement
David Taylor Research Center
Environmental Baseline Survey
Environmental Baseline Survey for Lease
Environmental Baseline Survey for Transfer
Electron Capture Detector
Engineering Evaluation
EFA Chesapeake
EFA Midwest
EFA Northwest
Engineering Field Activity
Engineering Field Division
Environmental Impact Statement
Electromagnetic
Executive Order
Explosive Ordnance
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Quality
Environmental Quality Information System
Environmental Restoration
Environmental Security Technology Certification Program
Environmental Technology Transfer Committee
Facilities  Systems Office
Federal Acquisition Regulation
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Federal Facility Agreement
Federal Facility Compliance Act
Federal Facility State Remediation Agreement
Flame lonization Detector
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                C-2
First Edition

-------
  FIFRA
  FIPS
  FIS
  FOSL
  FOST
  FS
  FSP
  FTIR
  FUDS
  GAO
  GC
  GC/MS
  GIS
  GOCO
  GPR
  GSA
  HHS
 HM/HWC&M
 HM
 HNTS
 HPLC
 HQ
 HRA
 HRS
 HS
 HSP
 HSWA
 HTW
 HW
 IAG
 ICP-AES
 ICS
 IDLH
 IDWM
 IM
 IR
 IR
 IRTCC
 ITER
 JAG
 JE
 LANTDIV
 LEL
 LEPC
 LFL
 LIDAR
 LIF
LLRW
LSI
  Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
  Federal Information Processing Standard
  Facilities Information System
  Finding of Suitability for Lease
  Finding of Suitability for Transfer
  Feasibility Study
  Field Sampling Plan
  Fourier Transform Infrared
  Formerly Used Defense Sites
  General Accounting Office
  Gas Chromatography
  Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
  Geographic Information System
  Government Owned/Contractor Operated
  Ground Penetration Radar
  General Services Administration
 Housing and Human Services
 Hazardous Material/Hazardous Waste Control and Management
 Hazardous Material
 Hydrocarbon National Test Site
 High Pressure Liquid Chromatography
 Headquarters
 Historical Radiological Assessment
 Hazardous Ranking System
 Hazardous Substance
 Health and Safety Plan
 Hazardous and Solid Waste Act
 Hazardous and Toxic Waste
 Hazardous Waste
 Interagency Agreement
 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy
 Incident Command System
 Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health
 Investigation Derived Waste Management
 Interim  Measures
 Installation Restoration
 Infrared
 Installation Restoration Technology Coordinating Committee
 Innovative Technology Evaluation Report
 Judge Advocate General
 Joint Engineers
 EFD Atlantic Division
 Lower Explosive  Limit
 Local Emergency Planning Committee
 Land Use and Military Construction Branch, Headquarters Marine Corps
 Light Detection and Ranging
Laser-Induced Fluorescence
Low Level Radioactive Waste
Listing Site Inspection
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                C-3
                                                                                  First Edition

-------
MCETP
MCL
MCO
MESO
MILCON
MOA
MPF
MS
MSDS
NAAQS
NACIP
NAEC
NAPL
NAGPRA
NAS
NAVENVIRHLTHCEN
NAVFACENGCOM
NAVSEASYSCOM
NCEL
NCP
NEBBS
NECIS
NEESA
NEHC
NELP
NEPA
NEPDB
NEPSS
NERRTS
NFESC
NFRAP
NHPA
NIOSH
NITWG
NMR
NNPP
NORTHDIV
NOSC
NOSC
NPL
NRC
NRDA
NRT
NTP
O&M,MC
O & M, N
O&M
OASN(I&E)
Marine Corps Environmental Training Program
Maximum Contamination Level
Marine Corps Order
Marine Environmental Support Office
Military Construction
Memorandum of Agreement
Migration Pathway Factor
Mass Spectrometry
Material Safety Data Sheet
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Navy Assessment and Control of Installation Pollutants
Naval Aviation Engineering Center
Nonaqueous Phase Liquid
Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act
Naval Air Station
Navy Environmental Health Center
Naval Facilities Engineering Command
Naval Sea Systems Command
Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory
National Contingency Plan
Naval Environmental Bulletin Board System
Naval Environmental Compliance Information System
Now NFESC
Navy Environmental Health Center
Navy Environmental Leadership Program
National Environmental Policy Act
Naval Environmental Protection Data Base
Naval Environmental Protection Support Service
Navy Environmental Regulatory Requirements Tracking System
Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center
No Further Response Action Planned
National Historic Preservation Act
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Navy Innovative Technology Working Group
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program
EFA Northern Division
Naval Ocean Systems Center
Naval On-Scene Coordinator
National Priorities List
National Response Center
National Resource Damage Assessment
National Response Team
Navy Training Plan
Operations and Maintenance, Marine Corps
Operations and Maintenance, Navy.
Operations and Maintenance
Office of the Assistant Secretary of the Navy (Installations and
Environment)
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                C-4
                                                                                First Edition

-------
 ODUSD(ES)

 OESO
 OGC
 OHW
 OMB
 ONR
 OPM
 OPNAVINST
 OPNAVNOTE
 OSC
 OSHA
 OSWER
 OU
 PA
 PA
 PACDIV
 PAH
 PAO
 PCB
 PCR
 PEL
 PHA
 PID
 POC
 POL
 POTW
 PPE
 PR
 PRO
 PRP
 PWC
 QA/QC
 QAPP
 R&D
 RA
 RAB
 RAC
 RACER
 RACMIS
 RASO
 RCRA
 RD&D
 RD
 RDDT&E
 RDT&E
 REC
 RF
RFA
 Office of the Deputy Under Secretary of Defense, Environment and
 Security
 Ordnance Environmental Support Office
 Office of the General Counsel
 Other Hazardous Waste
 Office of Management and Budget
 Office of Naval Research
 Office of Personnel Management
 Chief of Naval Operations Instruction
 Chief of Naval Operations Note
 On-Scene Coordinator
 Occupational Safety and Health Act
 Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
 Operable Unit
 Preliminary Assessment
 Pollution Abatement
 EFD Pacific Division
 Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbon
 Public Affairs Officer
 Polychlorinated Biphenyl
 Pollution Control Report
 Permissible Exposure Limit
 Public Health Assessment
 Photo-Ionnization Detector
 Point of Contact
 Petroleum-Oil-Lubricant
 Publicly Owned Treatment Works
 Personal Protective Equipment
 Preliminary Review
 Preliminary Remediation Goals
 Potentially Responsible Party
 Public Works Center
 Quality Assurance/Quality Control
 Quality Assurance Project Plan
 Research and Development
 Remedial Action
 Restoration Advisory Board
 Remedial Action Contract
 Remedial Action Cost Engineering and Requirements
 Remedial Action Contracts Management Information System
 Radiological Affairs Support Office
 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 Research, Development, and Demonstration
 Remedial Design
 Research, Development, Demonstration, Test, and Evaluation
Research, Development, Test, and Evaluation
Regional Environmental Coordinator
Receptor Factor
RCRA Facility Assessment
 Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                C-5
First Edition

-------
RFI
RI
ROD
ROICC
RPM
RRSEM
RTM
SACM
SAP
SARA
SCAPS
SDTS
SDWA
SECNAV
SERS
SI
SITE
SMP
SOFA
SOP
SOUTHDIV
SOUTHWESTDIV
SOW
SPCC
SSI
STP
SV
svoc
SWMU
TAG
TAT
TBC
TDP
TIO
TLV
TPH
TRC
TSCA
TSD
UMTRCA
use
USGS
UST
UV
UXO
voc
VSI
WBS
WESTDIV
 RCRA Facility Investigation
 Remedial Inspection
 Record of Decision
 Navy Resident Officer in Charge of Construction
 Remedial Project Manager
 Relative Risk Site Evaluation Model
 Remedial Technical Managers
 Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model
 Sampling Analysis Plan
 Superfund and Reauthorizatipn Act
 Site Characterization Analysis and Penetrometer System
 Spatial Data Transfer Standards
 Safe Drinking Water Act
 Secretary of the Navy
 Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering
 Site Investigation
 Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation
 Site Management Plan
 Status of Force Agreement
 Standard Operating Procedures
 EFD Southern Division
 EFD Southwest Division
 Statement of Work
 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures
 Screening Site Inspection
 Site Treatment Plans
 Sampling Visit
 Semi-Volatile Organic Compound
 Solid Waste Management Unit
 Technical Assistance Grant
 Technical Applications Team
 To Be Considered ARAR
 Technology Development Plan
 Technology Innovation Office, EPA
 Threshold Limit Value
 Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon
, Technical Review Committee
 Toxic Substance Control Act
 Treatment, Storage, and Disposal
 Uranium Tailings Radiation Control Act
 United States Code
 U. S. Geological Survey
 Underground Storage Tank
 Ultraviolet Light
 Unexploded Ordnance
 Volatile Organic Compound
 Visual Site Inspection
 Work Breakdown Structure
 EFD Western Division
  Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
                 C-6
First Edition

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
C-7
First Edition

-------
      APPENDIX D - SAMPLE ACCESS and COLLECTION TOOLS MATRIX
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
D-l
First Edition

-------
                                    This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix
D-2
First Edition

-------
T" •,.;.^.:jwr ~ •-- •'Sm^^mmm^f^m

-------

-------
.Media and/or Appifcable Tpy 4 ''" '
£ A '\ \
Selectivity*' - "i » ' , -**"
Susceptibility to' Interference- f
Detection Umitsx j ?' ' Nv v>?
"~ i rf- ^ %
Turn Around Time per Sample •
Quantitative Data Capability . ' '
t^1 , "*>
Technology Status ; " $<
' < ,'< >J' "'" ' , ' *
CerBfica^onA/alidation * ' V
* ^
Relative .Cost per Analysis ^ ,*

NA



A


III
II
1
Yes
No
•
Not Applicable
Measures the specific contaminant directly
Low
Low: 100-1000ppb (soil); 1-50ppb (water)
Not Applicable
Minutes
Produces Quantitative data

E
©
®
%

©
®
Adequate | A | Serviceable
Requires selection of extraction procedure
Measures the contaminant indirectly
Medium
Midrange: 10-100ppm (soil); 0.5-10ppm (water)
Hours
Data is Quantitative with additional effort
A
A
A

A
A
Measures a part of the compound
High
High: 500+ ppm (soil); 100+ ppm (water)
More than a day
Does not produce Quantitative data
Commercially available and routinely used field technology
Commercially available technology with moderate field experience
Commercially available technology with limited field experience
Technology has participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT verification program
Technology has not participated in CalEPA certification and/or CSCT verification proqram
Least expensive
©
Mid-range expensive
• A

Analytes    1   Non-halogenated volatile organics
            2   Non-halogenated semh/olatile organics
            3   Halogenated volatile organics
4   Halogenated semivolatile organics
5   Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
6   Pesticides/Herbicides
7    Metals
8    Radionuclides
9    Other inorganics (asbestos, cyanide, fluorine)
10    Explosives
11    Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
12    Specific Analyte (named on matrix)

-------
 Italics - Mbsf commonly used field tectmlqw from
 Subsurface Characterization and Monitoring
 Techniques EPA 62SR-93WW3
Technique/lnstrumentataon
Laser Induced Fluorescence
Photo-lomzation Detector
Flame-tanfeatton Detector
Gas Cfaomatograpfty (GO plus detector
         urface Oxidation
Mass Spectrometry (MS)
GC/lonTrapMS
Ion Morality Spectrometer
                  scence/Fluorescence
           pectrophotometr
               t IR Spectroscop
          av Colorimetnc Kits
               j Galvanic Ceil Sensor
 Piezoelectric Sensors
 Field Bloassessment
      Temperature Phosphorimetry
       al Colorimetnc Kits
       I Penetratina Radar

-------
                                      This page is intentionally left blank.
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix  '        E-2



                              .S. GOVERNMENT HUNTING OFFICE:1998-622-17J/9337I
First Edition

-------
             APPENDIX E - SAMPLE ANALYSIS TOOLS MATRIX
Field Sampling and Analysis Technologies Matrix        E-1
                                                                         First Edition

-------